Group I, Phase II

     Development Document for
  Effluent Limitations Guidelines and
  New Source Performance Standards
                for the

    PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS
            Segment of the

     GLASS MANUFACTURING

        Point Source Category

                *L PRO"
UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
              JANUARY 1975

-------

-------
          DEVELOPMENT  DOCUMENT

                    for

     EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES

                    and

    NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

                  for  the

         PRESSED  AND  BLOWN GLASS
             SEGMENT  OF THE
GLASS MANUFACTURING POINT SOURCE CATEGORY
            Russell  E.  Train
               Administrator

               James  L.  Agee
  Assistant Administrator for Water and
           Hazardous Materials
                Allen Cywin
 Director,  Effluent Guidelines Division
            Robert W,  Dellinger
              Project  Officer
               January, 1975

      Effluent Guidelines Division
 Office  of  Water and Hazardous Materials
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
          Washington, D.C.  20460
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 - Price $2.05

-------

-------
                               ABSTRACT


This document presents the findings  of  an  extensive  study  of  the
pressed  and  blown  glass manufacturing industry by Sverdrup & Parcel
and Associates, Inc., for the Environmental Protection Agency for  the
purpose  of  developing  effluent  limitations and guidelines. Federal
standards of performance, and pretreatment standards for the  industry
for  the  purpose of implementing Sections 301, 304 (b)  and  (c) , 306(b)
and 307(b) and (c) of the Federal  Water  Pollution  Control  Act,  as
amended   (33  u.S.C.  1251,  1311  and  1314(b)  and   (c),  1316 (b) and
1317 (c); 86 Stat. 816 et seq.).

Effluent limitations and guidelines contained  herein  set  fotth  the
degree of effluent reduction attainable through the application of the
best practicable control technology currently available and the degree
of  effluent  reduction attainable through the application  of the best
available technology economically achievable which must be  achieved by
existing  point   sources  by  July  1,  1977,  and   July   1,   1983,
respectively.   The standards of performance for new sources contained
herein are  based  on  the  degree  of  effluent  reduction which  is
achievable  through the application of the best available demonstrated
control   technology,   processes,   operating   methods,   or   other
alternatives.

The development of data and recommendations in this document relate to
the  pressed  and blown glass segment of the glass manufacturing point
source  category.   This  segment  is   further   divided   into   six
subcategories  on  the  basis  of production processes and  waste water
characteristics.

Separate effluent limitations are developed for  each  subcategory  on
the  basis  of  the  raw  waste  loading  and  the degree of treatment
attainable by suggested model systems.  This technology  includes  in-
plant   modifications,   recalculation,   precipitation,  coagulation,
sedimentation, flotation, stripping, filtration, and adsorption.

Supportive data and rationale for  the  development  of  the  effluent
limitations  guidelines  and standards of performance  are contained in
this document.  A portion of the pressed and blown glass segment,  the
machine   pressed  and  blown  glass  industry and the  remainder of the
glass tubing industry, is the  subject  of   further  analysis  at  the
present   time.    The  results  of  this  study  will be  presented as  a
supplement to this document at a later date.

The remaining subcategories of the glass  manufacturing  point  source
category  not  contained  in  this  document  comprise  the flat glass
segment.  The flat glass segment is the subject of  a  previous  study
 (Development  Document  for  Effluent  Limitations  Guidelines and New
Source  Performance Standards for the FLAT GLASS Segment  of  the  Glass
                               iii

-------
Manufacturing  Point  Source  Category,  Effluent Guidelines  Division,
U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency,  EPA-440/1-74-001-C,  January,
1974).   Regulations  pertaining  to  the  flat glass segment were set
forth in February of 1974  (Federal Register,  Volume  39,  Number  32,
page 5712, February 14, 1974) .
                               iv

-------
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS


SECTION                                                              PAGE.

    I        Conclusions                                                1

   II        Recommendations                                            3

  III        Introduction                                              21

                  Purpose and Authority                                21
                  Summary of Methods                                   23
                  General Description of Industry                      38
                  Production and Plant Location                        39
                  General Process Description                          41

   IV        Industry Categorization                                   51

    V        Water Use and Waste Characterization                      57

                  Auxiliary Wastes                                     57
                  Glass Contaner Manufacturing                         58
                  Machine Pressed and Blown Glass
                    Manufacturing                                      62
                  Glass Tubing  (Danner) Manufacturing                  68
                  Television Picture Tube Envelope
                    Manufacturing                                      72
                  Incandescent  Lamp Envelope Manufacturing             77
                  Hand Pressed  and Blown Glass
                    Manufacturing                                      81

   VI        Selection of Pollutant Parameters                         89

  VII        Control and Treatment Technology                          103

                  Applicable Treatment Technology                      103
                  Suggested Treatment Technology                       118
                  Glass Container Manufacturing                        118
                  Machine Pressed and Blown Glass
                    Manufacturing                                      121
                  Glass Tubing  (Danner) Manufacturing                  122
                  Television Picture Tube Envelope
                    Manufacturing                                      124
                  Incandescent  Lamp Envelope Manufacturing             127
                  Hand Pressed  and Blown Glass
                    Manufacturing                                      131
                                 v

-------
                              TABLE OF CONTENTS


SECTION                                                               PAGE.
 VIII        Cost, Energy, and Non-Water Quality Aspects               139

                  Cost and Reduction Benefits                          139
                  Basis of Total Industry Cost Estimates               153
                  Energy Requirements                                  153
                  Non-water quality Aspects                            157

   IX        Best Practicable Control Technology
             Currently Available                                       159

                  Introduction                                         159
                  Identification of Technology                         159
                  Effluent Reduction Attainable                        162
                  Rationale for Selection                             - 164

    X        Best Available Technology Economically
             Achievable                                                167

                  Introduction                                         167
                  Identification of Technology                         168
                  Effluent Reduction Attainable                        170
                  Rationale for selection                              172

   XI        New Source Performance Standards                          175

                  Introduction                                         175
                  New Source Standards                                 176
                  Pretreatment Considerations                          177

  XII        Acknowledgements                                          179

 XIII        References                                                181

  XIV        Glossary                                                  187
                                4
             Conversion Table                                          190
                               vi

-------
                                    FIGURES
NUMBER
    1  '      Data Retrieval Form                                   25

    2        Sample Computer Format                                28

    3        Location of Participating  Glass Container
                  Manufacturing Plants                             35

    4        Location of Participating  Pressed  and
                  Blown Glass Manufacturing Plants                 36

    5        Glass Container Manufacturing                         59

    6        Machine Pressed and  Blown  Glass
                  Manufacturing                                    64

    7        Glass Tubing  (Danner)  Manufacturing                  69

    8        Television Picture Tube  Envelope
                  Manufacturing                                    73

    9        Incandescent  Lamp Envelope Manufacturing             78

   10        Hand Pressed  and Blown Glass Manufacturing           82

   11        Waste Water Treatment  -
                  Glass Container Manufacturing                   119

   12        Waste Water Treatment  -
                  Glass Tubing  (Danner)  Manufacturing             123

   13        Waste Water Treatment  -
                  Television Picture  Tube Envelope                 125
                  Manufacturing           t

   14        Waste Water Treatment  -
                  Incandescent Lamp Envelope Manufacturing        128
                                vii

-------
                                    FIGURES
                                   (Continued)

NUMBER                                                          PAGE


   15        Waste Water Treatment -
                  Hand Pressed  and Blown Glass
                  Manufacturing                                 133

   16        Waste Water Treatment -
                  Hand Pressed  and Blown Glass
                  Manufacturing                                 134
                                 viii

-------
                               TABLES


NUMBER

   1            Glass Container Plants

   2            Pressed and Blown Glass Plants

   3            Plants Visited

   4            Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing
                   Production Data                                  40

   5            Raw Waste Water, Glass Container
                   Manufacturing                                    61

   6            Raw Waste Water, Machine Pressed and
                   Blown Glass Manufacturing                        66

   7            Raw Waste Water, Glass Tubing  (Danner)
                   Manufacturing                                    71

   8            Raw Waste Water, Television Picture Tube
                   Envelope Manufacturing                           75

   9            Raw Waste Water, Incandescent  Lamp Envelope
                   Manufacturing                                    80

  10            Raw Waste Water, Hand Pressed  and Blown
                   Glass Manufacturing                              86

  11            Concentration of Waste Water Parameters
                   Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing            90

  12            Concentration of Waste Water Parameters
                   Incandescent Lamp Envelope  Manufacturing         91

  13            Concentration of Waste Water Parameters
                   Hand Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing       92

  1U            Current Treatment Practices Within the Hand
                   Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing            135
                   Subcategory
                                ix

-------
                             TABLES
                            (Continued)
15            Current Operating Practices Within the Hand
                 Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing
                 Subcategory                                        135

16            Water Effluent Treatment Costs
                 Glass Container Manufacturing                      141

17            Water Effluent Treatment Costs
                 Glass Tubing  (Danner) Manufacturing                143

18            Water Effluent Treatment Costs
                 Television Picture Tube Envelope                   145
                 Manufacturing

19            Water Effluent Treatment Costs
                 Incandescent Lamp Envelope
                 Manufacturing                                      147

20            Water Effluent Treatment Costs
                 Hand Pressed and Blown Glass
                 Manufacturing                                      150

21            Water Effluent Treatment Costs
                 Hand Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing
                 Suspended Solids Removal                           151

22            Known Surface Dischargers
                 Glass Container Manufacturing
                 Subcategory                                        154

23            Known Surface Dischargers
                 Machine Pressed and  Blown Glass
                 Manufacturing Subcategory                          155

2U            Known Surface Dischargers
                 Glass Tubing Manufacturing
                 Su bca t egory                                        155

-------
                               TABLES
                              (Continued)

NUMBER                                                             PAGE

  25            Known Surface Dischargers
                   Television Picture Tube Envelope
                   Manufacturing Subcategory                        155

  26            Known Surface Dischargers
                   Incandescent Lamp Envelope
                   Manufacturing Subcategory                        156

  27            Known Surface Dischargers
                   Hand Pressed and Blown Glass
                   Manufacturing Subcategory                        156

  28            Recommended  30-Day Average Effluent
                   Limitations Using Best Practicable
                   Control Technology  Currently Available           161

  29            Recommended  30-Day Average Effluent
                   Limitations Using Best Available
                   Control Technology  Economically
                   Achievable                                       169
                                xi

-------

-------
                             SECTION I

                            CONCLUSIONS


The pressed and blown  glass  segment  of  the  glass  manufacturing
category  has  been  classified  into  six subcategories.  The first
three subcategories include only the forming of products from molten
glass while the last three include both the forming and finishing of
glass products.  The subcategorization is based  on  (a)  production
process  and   (b)  waste water characteristics.  Factors such as raw
materials, age and size of  production  facilities,  and  applicable
treatment   technology   do   not   provide  significant  bases  for
differentiation.  The subcategories indicated are as follows:

    1.   Glass Container Manufacturing

    2.   Machine Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing

    3.   -Glass Tubing Manufacturing

         a.   Glass Tubing - Danner process

    4.   Television Picture Tube Envelope Manufacturing

    5.   Incandescent Lamp Envelope Manufacturing

         a.   Forming

         b.   Frosting

    6.   Hand Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing

         a.   Leaded and Hydrofluoric Acid Finishing

         b.   Non-Leaded and Hydrofluoric Acid Finishing

         c,   Non-Hydrofluoric Acid Finishing

Recommended effluent limitations to be achieved by July 1, 1977, and
July  1, 1983, are summarized in Section II  for  all  of  the  above
subcategories    except   the   machine   pressed   and  blown  glass
manufacturing subcategory.  The  machine  pressed  and  blown  glass
manufacturing   subcategory  and  the  remainder  of the glass tubing
manufacturing subcategory are the subject  of  further  study.   The
results  of  this  study  will  be presented in a supplement to this
document to be  published at a later date.

-------

-------
                              SECTION II
                           RECOMMENDATIONS


It is recommended that the following effluent limitations  be  applied
as   the  best  practicable  control  technology  currently  available
(BPCTCA) which must be achieved by existing point sources by  July  1,
1977;  the  best  available technology economically achievable  (BATEA)
which must be achieved by existing point sources by July 1, 1983;  and
the standards of performance for new sources  (NSPS):


           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                       STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE

          BPCTCA - Glass Container Manufacturing Subcategory


Effluent                         Effluent
Characteri sti c                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                    	     shall not exceed

         (Metric units)   g/kkg of furnace pull

Oil                      60.0           30.0
TSS                     1UO.O           70.0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

        (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of furnace pull

Oil                     0.06            0.03
TSS                     0.14            0.07
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  (Continued)
          BATEA - Glass Container Manufacturing Subcategory
Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                    	     shall not exceed

         (Metric units)   g/kkg of furnace pull

Oil                     1.6             0.8
TSS                     1.6             0.8
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

        (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of furnace pull

Oil                     0.0016          0.0008
TSS                     0.0016          0.0008
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

           NSPS - Glass Container Manufacturing Subcategory
Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                    	     shall not exceed

          (Metric units)   g/kkg of furnace pull

Oil                     1.6              0.8
TSS                     1.6              0.8
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

        (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of  furnace pull

Oil                     0.0016           0.0008
TSS                     0.0016           0.0008
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  (Continued)


               BPCTCA - Machine Pressed and Blown Glass
                      Manufacturing Subcategory

    This  subcategory  is the subject of further study; the results of
this analysis will be presented at a later date.

               BATEA - Machine Pressed and Blown Glass
                      Manufacturing Subcategory

    This subcategory is the subject of further study; the  results  of
this analysis will be presented at a later date.

                   NSPS - Machine Pressed and Blown
                   Glass Manufacturing Suocategory

    This  subcategory  is the subject of further study; the results of
this analysis will be presented at a later date.
                    BPCTCA - Glass Tubing  (Danner)
                      Manufacturing Subcategory
Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                    	     shall not exceed

         (Metric units)   g/kkq of furnace pull

TSS                     460.0            230.0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

        (English units)   lb/100Q U> o£  furnace pull

TSS                     0.46             0.23
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES  AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  (Continued)
                    BATEA - Glass Tubing  (Danner)
                      Manufacturing Subcategory
Effluent                         Ef fluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of  daily
                    any one day    - values for  thirty
                                    consecutive days
                    	     shall not exceed

         (Metric units)   g/kkg of furnace pull

TSS         -            0.4              0.2
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

        (English units)   Ib/lOOQ Ib  of  furnace pull

TSS                     0.0004           0.0002
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

                     NSPS - Glass Tubing (Danner)
                      Manufacturing Subcategory
Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive  days
                    	     shall not exceed

         (Metric units)   cr/ldca of furnace pull

TSS                     0.4              0.2
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to  9.0.

        (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of  furnace  pull

TSS                     0.0004           0.0002
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to  9.0.

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE (Continued)
                   BPCTCA - Television Picture Tube
                 Envelope Manufacturing Subcategory*
Effluent
Characteristic
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
                         Effluent
                         Limitations

                            Average of daily
                            values for thirty
                            consecutive days
                            shall not exceed
         (Metric units)   g/kkg of furnace pull
Oil
TSS
Fluoride
Lead
pH
                260.0
                300.0
                140.0
                  9.0
130.0
150.0
 70.0
  4.5
                Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

(English units)    lb/1000 Ib of furnace pull
Oil
TSS
Fluoride
Lead
PH
                0.26
                0.30
                0.14
                0.009
0.13
0.15
0.07
0.0045
                Within the range 6.0 to 9.0,
    *The fluoride and lead limitations are applicable to the  abrasive
polishing  and acid polishing waste water streams, while the TSS, oil,
and pH limitations are applicable to the entire  process  waste  water
stream.

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  (Continued)
                   BATEA - Television Picture Tube
                 Envelope Manufacturing Subcategory*
Effluent
Character!stic
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
                         Effluent
                         Limitations

                            Average of daily
                            values for thirty
                            consecutive days
                            shall not exceed
         (Metric units)   g/kkg of furnace pull
Oil
TSS
Fluoride
Lead
PH
                260.0
                260.0
                120.0
                  0.9
130.0
130.0
 60.0
  0.45
                Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

(English units)    lb/1000  Ib of furnace pull
Oil
TSS
Fluoride
Lead
pH
                0.26
                0.26
                0.12
                0.0009
0.13
0.13
0.06
0.000*5
                Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
    *The  fluoride and lead limitations are applicable to the abrasive
polishing and acid polishing waste water streams, while the TSS,  oil,
and  pH  limitations  are applicable to the entire process waste water
stream.

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES  ANP
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  (Continued)
                    NSPS - Television  Picture  Tube
                 Envelope Manutacturinq  Subcategory*
Effluent
Characteristic
                    Maximum  for
                    any one  day
                         Effluent
                         Limitations

                            Average of daily
                            values tor thirty
                            consecutive days
                            shall not exceed
          (Metric units)    q/kkq  ot  furnace  pull
Oil
TSS
Fluoride
Lead
pH
                260.0
                260.0
                120.0
                  0.9
130.0
130.0
 60.0
  O.U5
                Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

(English units)    lb/1000 Ib of furnace pull
Oil
TSS
Fluoride
Lead
pH
                0.26
                0.26
                0.12
                0.0009
0.13
0.13
0.06
0.00045
                Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
    *The fluoride* and  lead limitations are applicable to the  abrasive
polishing   and acid  polishing waste water streams, while the TSS, oil,
and pH  limitations are applicable to the entire  process  waste  water
stream.

-------
           PF.COMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS  GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE (Continued)


                 BPCTCA - Incandescent  Lamp  Envelope
                      Manufacturing  Subcategory


     (a.)  Any manufacturing   plant  which  produces  incandescent  lamp
envelopes  shall  meet  the  following   limitations with regard to the
forminq operations.

Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum  for      Average  of daily
                    any one  day      values for thirty
                                     consecutive days
                    	      shall not exceed

         (Metric units)   g/kkg of furnace pull

Oil                     230.0            115.0
TSS                     230.0            115.0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

        (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of furnace pull

Oil                     0.23             0.115
TSS                     0.23             0.115
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
                              10

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE (Continued)


                 BPCTCA - Incandescent Lamp Envelope
                Manufacturing Subcategory (Continued)

    (b)   Any  manufacturing  plant  which  frosts  incandescent   lamp
envelopes  shall  meet  the  following  limitations with regard to the
finishing operations.

Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                    	     shall not exceed

          (Metric units)   g/kkg of product frosted

Fluoride                230.0           115.0
Ammonia                 	No limitation	
TSS                     aeo.o           230.0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

         (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of product frosted

Fluoride                0.23            0.115
Ammonia                 	No limitation	
TSS                     O.U6            0.23
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
                               11

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  (Continued)
                  BATEA - Incandescent Lamp Envelope
                      Manufacturing Subcategory
     (a)  Any manufacturing  plant  which  produces  incandescent  lamp
envelopes  shall  meet  the  following  limitations with regard to the
forming operation.
Effluent
Characteristic
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
Effluent
Limitations

   Average of daily
   values for thirty
   consecutive days
   shall_not exceed_
         (Metric units)   g/kkg of furnace pull

Oil                     90.0            45.0
TSS                     90.0            45.0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

        (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of furnace pull

Oil                     0.09            0.045
TSS                     0.09            0.045
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
                              12

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE (Continued)
                  BATEA - Incandescent Lamp Envelope
                Manufacturing Subcategory  (Continued)
    (b>  Any  manufacturing  plant  which  frosts  incandescent   lamp
envelopes  shall  meet  the  following  limitations with regard to the
finishing operations.
Effluent
Cha racteri stic
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
Effluent
Limitations

   Average of daily
   values for thirty
   consecutive days
   shall not exceed
          (Metric units)   g/kkg of product frosted

Fluoride               104.0             52.0
Ammonia                240.0           120.0
TSS                     80.0             40.0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

        (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of  product_frosted

Fluoride                0.104            0.052
Ammonia                 0.24             0,12
TSS                     0.08             0.04
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
                               13

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  (Continued)
                  NSPS - Incandescent Lamp Envelope
                      Manufacturing Subcategory
    (a)  Any manufacturing  plant  which  produces  incandescent  lamp
envelopes' shall  meet  the  following  limitations with regard to the
forming operations.
Effluent
Characteristic
                    Maximum for
                    any one day
                                 Effluent
                                 Limitations

                                    Average of daily
                                    values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                                    shall not exceed
Oil
TSS
pH
Oil
TSS
pH
         (Metric units)   g/idcq of furnace pull

                        90.0            U5.0
                        90.0            U5.0
                        Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

        (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of furnace pull
                        0.09
                        0.09            0.045
                        Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
                              14

-------

           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE (Continued)
                  NSPS - Incandescent Lamp Envelope
                Manufacturing Subcategory (Continued)
    (b)  Any  manufacturing  plant  which  frosts  incandescent   lamp
envelopes  shall  meet  the  following  limitations with regard to the
finishing operations.

Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days '
                    	     shall not exceed

         (Metric units)   g/kkg of product frosted

Fluoride               104.0            52.0
Ammonia                240.0           120.0
TSS                     80.0            40.0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

         (English units)   lb/1000 Ib of product_frosted

Fluoride                0.104           0.052
Ammonia                 0.24            0.12
TSS                     0.08            0.04
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
                              15

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  (Continued)


                BPCTCA - Hand Pressed and Blown Glass
                      Manufacturing Subcategory


    (a)  Any plant which melts raw materials, produces hand pressed or
blown  leaded   glassware,   employs   hydrofluoric   acid   finishing
techniques,  and discharges greater than 50 gallons per day of process
waste water, shall meet the following limitations.

Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

Lead                             No limitation
Fluoride                         No limitation
TSS                              No limitation
pH                               No limitation

    (b)  Any plant which melts raw materials, produces non-leaded hand
pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day
of process  waste  water,  and  employs  hydrofluoric  acid  finishing
techniques shall meet the following limitations.

Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

Fluoride                         No limitation
TSS                              No limitation
pH                               No limitation

    (c)  Any plant which melts raw materials, produces leaded or  non-
leaded  hand  pressed  or  blown glassware, discharges greater than 50
gallons  per  day  of  process  waste  water,  and  does  not   employ
hydrofluoric  acid  finishing  techniques  shall  meet  the  following
limitation s.

Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

TSS                              No limitation
pH                               No limitation
                              16

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  (Continued)


                 BATEA - Hand Pressed arid Blown Glass
                      Manufacturing Subcategory


    (a)  Any plant which melts raw materials, produces hand pressed or
blown leaded glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day  of
process   waste   water,   and  employs  hydrofluoric  acid  finishing
techniques shall meet the following limitations.

Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                    _____ ____     shall not exceed^

                               mg/1

Lead                     0.2             0.1
Fluoride                26.0            13.0
TSS                     20.0            10.0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
                                                      *f
    (b)  Any plant which melts raw materials, produces non-leaded hand
pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than  50 gallons per day
of process  waste  water,  and  employs  hydrofluoric  acid  finishing
techniques shall meet the following limitations.

Ef f luent                         Ef f luent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                                    shall not exceed
Fluoride                26.0            13.0
TSS                     20.0            10.0
pH                      Within the range  6.0 to  9.0.
                              17

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE  (Continued)


                 BATEA - Hand Pressed and Blown Glass
                Manufacturing Subcategory  (Continued)


    (c)   Any plant which melts raw materials, produces leaded or  non-
leaded  hand  pressed  or  blown glassware, discharges greater than 50
gallons  per  day  of  process  waste  water,  and  does  not   employ
hydrofluoric  acid  finishing  techniques  shall  meet  the  following
limitations.

Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                    ____     shall not exceed

                               nuj/1

TSS                     20.0            10.0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

                 NSPS - Hand Pressed and Blown Glass
                      Manufacturing Subcategory


    (a)   Any plant which melts raw materials, produces hand pressed or
blown leaded glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day  of
process   waste   water,   and  employs  hydrofluoric  acid  finishing
techniques shall meet the following limitations.

Effluent                         Effluent
Character! st ic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                                    shall not exceed
Lead                     0.2             0.1
Fluoride                26.0            13.0
TSS                     20.0            10,0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0
                              18

-------
           RECOMMENDED EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES AND
                 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE (Continued)


                 NSPS - Hand Pressed and Blown Glass
                Manufacturing Subcategory (Continued)


    (b)   Any plant which melts raw materials, produces non-leaded hand
pressed or blown glassware, discharges greater than 50 gallons per day
of process  waste  water,  and  employs  hydrofluoric  acid  finishing
techniques shall meet the following limitations.

Effluent                         Effluent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                    _     shall not exceed

                               mq/1

Fluoride                26.0            13.0
TSS                     20.0            10.0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.

    (c)   Any plant which melts raw materials, produces leaded or  non-
leaded  hand  pressed  or  blown glassware, discharges greater than 50
gallons  per  day  of  process  waste  water,  and  does  not   employ
hydrofluoric  acid  finishing  techniques  shall  meet  the  following
limitations.

Ef f luent                         E f f luent
Characteristic                   Limitations

                    Maximum for     Average of daily
                    any one day     values for thirty
                                    consecutive days
                                    shall not exceed
TSS                     20.0            10.0
pH                      Within the range 6.0 to 9.0.
                             19

-------

-------
                             SECTION III

                             INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE AND AUTHORITY

Section 301(b) of the Act requires the achievement by not  later  than
July  1,  1977,  of effluent limitations for point sources, other than
publicly owned treatment works, which are based on the application  of
the best practicable control technology currently available as defined
by  the  Administrator pursuant to Section 304(b)  of the Act.  Section
301(b) also requires the achievement by not later than July  1,  1983,
of  effluent  limitations for point sources, other than publicly owned
treatment works, which are  based  on  the  application  of  the  best
available  technology  economically  achievable  which  will result in
reasonable further progress toward the national  goal  of  eliminating
the  discharge  of  all  pollutants,  as determined in accordance with
regulations issued by the Administrator pursuant to Section 304 (b)  of
the  Act.   Section  306  of  the  Act requires the achievement by new
sources of a Federal standard of performance providing for the control
of the discharge of pollutants which reflects the greatest  degree  of
effluent reduction which the Administrator determines to be achievable
through  the  application  of  the best available demonstrated control
technology,  processes,  operating  methods,  or  other  alternatives,
including  where  practicable,  a  standard permitting no discharge of
pollutants.

Section 304(b) of  the  Act  requires  the  Administrator  to  publish
regulations  providing  guidelines  for  effluent  limitations setting
forth  the  degree  of  effluent  reduction  attainable  through   the
application  of  the  best  practicable  control  technology currently
available and the degree of effluent reduction attainable through  the
application  of  the  best  control  measures and practices achievable
including treatment techniques,  process  and  procedure  innovations,
operation  methods, and other alternatives.  The regulations set forth
effluent limitations guidelines pursuant to Section 304(b) of the  Act
for  certain  subcategories  of  the  glass and asbestos manufacturing
point   source   category.    They   include   the   glass   container
manufacturing, glass tubing  (Danner) manufacturing, television picture
tube envelope manufacturing, incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing,
and  hand  pressed  and  blown glass manufacturing subcategories.  The
machine  pressed  and  blown  glass  manufacturing  industry  and  the
remainder  of  the glass tubing manufacturing industry are the subject
of further study; regulations pertaining to these industries  will  be
published at  a later date.
                               21

-------
Section  306  of  the  Act requires the Administrator, within one year
after a category of sources is included in a list  published  pursuant
to   Section   306 (b) (1) (A)   of   the  Act,  to  propose  regulations
establishing Federal standards of performance for new  sources  within
such  categories.  The Administrator published in the Federal Register
of January 16, 1973   (38  F.R.  162U),  a  list  of  27  point  source
categories.   Publication  of the list constituted announcement of the
Administrator's  intention  of  establishing,   under   Section   306,
standards  of  performance  applicable to new sources within the glass
manufacturing point source category which was included with  the  list
published  on January 16, 1973.  The pressed and blown glass industry,
which this document addresses, is a segment of the glass manufacturing
point source category as are the insulation fiberglass and flat  glass
industries which have been previously studied.

Section  307(c)  of  the  Act requires the Administrator to promulgate
pretreatment standards for new sources at the same time that standards
of performance for new sources are  promulgated  pursuant  to  Section
306.   Section  307(b)  of  the  Act  requires  the  establishment  of
pretreatment standards for pollutants introduced into  publicly  owned
treatment works.  The regulations set forth pretreatment standards for
new  sources  and for existing sources pursuant to Sections 307 (b) and
 (c) of the Act for the pressed and blown glass segment  of  the  glass
manufacturing point source category.

The  guidelines  presented  in this document identify  (in terms of the
chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of pollutants)  the
level  of  pollutant  reductions attainable through the application of
the best practicable control technology currently  available  and  the
best  available  technology  economically  achievable.  The guidelines
also specify factors which  must  be  considered  in  identifying  the
technology   levels  and  in  determining  the  control  measures  and
practices  which  are  to  be  applicable  within   given   industrial
categories or classes.

In  addition  to  technical factors, the Act requires that a number of
other factors be considered, such as the costs  or  cost-benefits  and
the   non-water   quality   environmental  impacts   (including  energy
requirements)  resulting  from the application of such technologies.
                                22

-------
SUMMARY  OF METHODS USED FOR DEVELOPMENT OF THE EFFLUENT LIMITATION'S
GUIDELINES AND STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE                      •  <-.

Methodology                                                    * •	

The effluent limitations guidelines  and  standards  of  performance
freposed  herein  were developed in the following manner.  The point
source category was first categorized for the purpose of determining
whether separate  limitations  and  standards  are  appropriate  for
different  segments within the point source category.  Such subcate-
aorization was based  upon  raw  material  used,  product  produced,
manufacturing  process  employed,  and other factors.  The raw waste
characteristics for each subcategory  were  then  identified.    This
included  an  analysis of  (1) the source and volume of water used in
the process employed and the sources of waste and waste water in the
plant; and (2)  the constituents  (including  thermal)  of  all  waste
waters,  including  toxic  constituents and other constituents which
result in taste, odor, and color in water or aquatic organisms.  The
constituents of waste waters which should  be  subject  to  effluent
limitations guidelines and standards of performance were identified.

The full range of control and treatment technologies existing within
each subcategory was identified.  This included an identification of
each  distinct  control and treatment technology, including both in-
plant and end-of-process technologies, which are existent or capable
of being  designed  for  each  subcategory.   It  also  included  an
identification  in  terms  of  the amount of constituents  (including
thermal) and the chemical, physical, and biological  characteristics
of  pollutants, of the effluent  level resulting from the application
of each of the treatment and control  technologies.   The  problems,
limitations and reliability of each treatment and control technology,
and  the  required  implementation  time were  also  identified.  In
addition, the non-water quality  environmental impact,  such  as  the
effects of the application of such technologies upon other pollution
problems,  including air,  solid  waste, noise and radiation were also
identified.  The energy requirements of  each  of  the  control  and
treatment  technologies  were  identified as well as the cost of the
application of such technologies.

The information, as outlined above, was then evaluated in  order  to
determine  what  levels of technology constituted the "best practic-
able  control  technology  currently  available",   "best   available
technology   economically   achievable",  and  the   "best  available
demonstrated control technology, processes,  operating  methods,  or
other  alternatives".   In  identifying  such  technologies, various
factors were considered.  These  included the total cost of  applica-
tion of technology in relation to the effluent reduction benefits to
be  achieved  from  such   application,  the  age  of  equipment  and
facilities involved, the process employed, the  engineering  aspects
of  the  application of various  types of control techniques, process
                               23

-------
changes, non-water quality environmental  impact   (including  energy
requirements)f and other factors.

Basis for Guideline Development

The  data for identification and analyses were derived from a number
of  sources.   These  sources  included  EPA  and  industry-supplied
information;  published  literature; and on-site visits, interviews,
and sampling at typical or exemplary plants  throughout  the  United
States.   References used in the guidelines for effluent limitations
and standards of performance on  new  sources  reported  herein  are
included in Section XIII of this document.

Several  types  of  waste  water data were analyzed.  These include:
RAPP data, information supplied  by  industry  and  State  pollution
control  agencies,  and data derived from the sampling of typical or
exemplary plants.  The data retrieval form illustrated in  Figure  1
was developed to aid in the collection of data during interviews and
plant  visits and was supplied to the industry to indicate the types
of information required for the study.

The data were analyzed with the aid  of  a  computer  program  which
provided  the  capability  for summing the data for each plant where
multiple discharges existed, averaging the data for each plant where
multiple data sets were available, and comparing and  averaging  the
data  for  all  plants  within  each subcategory to determine values
characteristic of a typical plant.  Input to the computer  for  each
plant  consisted  primarily  of the plant production rate, the waste
water flow rate, the concentration  of each constituent of the plant intake
water, the average and maximum concentrations of each constituent in
the waste water, and some descriptive information regarding existing
waste treatment methods, subcategory type, and sampling methods.

An  example  of the computer printout is the hypothetical summary of
effluent oil and  grease  concentration  data  for  glass  container
plants without treatment illustrated in Figure 2.  The pounds,per day
increase,  mg/1  increase,  and  pounds added per day per production
unit are calculated.   Data  from  all  of  the  plants  listed  are
summarized  in terms of the average, standard deviation  (SIGMA), and
minimum and maximum  values  for  the  data  listed.   The  weighted
average  listed  on  the  final  line  was used when the data from a
single plant was summarized.  Multi-sample data summaries,  such  as
weekly  or  monthly averages, were thereby averaged in proportion to
the number of individual samples included in the summary.

The name and location of the plants for which  data  were  available
are  listed  in  Tables  1  and  2, and their geographic location is
indicated on Figures 3 and 4.  Seventy-eight  plants  supplied  some
type of usable information or data for computer analysis.  RAPP data
were available and used for 52 plants.

Thirteen   plants  covering  various  manufacturing  processes  were
visited.  The subcategories are listed in Table  3  along  with  the
type  of  data  collected,  seven plants were sampled, including two

-------
Ui
                   EPA MASS INDUSTRY STUDY

                   Data Retrieval  Form Ho. 3

                         November  1973


 I   GENERAL

     A.    Company Name

     B.    Plant Name and Location

     C.    Contact - Company Personnel

                 - Plant Personnel

     D,    Telephone No,


II   MANUFACTURING PROCESS CHARACTERISATION (Separate sheet  for each
     process)

     A.    Products manufactured

     B,    Type of equipment and machirory used

     C.    General flow diagram of manufacturing process (See  attachment)

     D.    Age

          1.   Age of Plant

          2.   Age of major manufacturing equipment

          3.   Estimated life of major manufacturing equipment

     E.    Production

          1.   Yearly average tons  fill/day (total plant)

          2,   Approximate percent  of  yearly production requiring
              fabrication where water is used

              a.   Grinding

              b.   Acid Polishing
                                                                                                                                              c ,   Etching

                                                                                                                                              d.   Scrubbers

                                                                                                                                              e.   Other  (Specify)
          a.   Tons Fill

          b,   Production for finishing steps requiring water

                                       Piece B     Pounds

               l)   Grinding

               2)   Acid  Polishing

               3)   Etching

               4)   Scrubbers

               5)   Other (Specify)

F.   Energy Requirements

     (One of the  requirements of the study is  a statement of
     the percentage increase in energy required for wastawater
     treatmsnt as compared to the energy required for glass
     production.   Express energy requirements  as horsepower,
     BTU or other convenient units required to produce a unit
     of glass. If possible, list melting tank fuel separate
     from other energy requirements.)

G.   Operating Schedule

     1,   Normal  hr/day and day/week

     2.   Maximum hr/day

     3.   Maximum day/week

H.   Approximate  Number of Employees (by shift)

I.   Water Requirements     4

     1.   Total irolume and source (city water, well water,  etc.)
                                                                                                           FIGURE  1
                                                                                             DATA  RETRIEVAL  FORM

-------
2.    Uses

     a.   Process

     b.   Cooling

     c.   Plant Cleanup

     d.   Boiler

     e.   Scrubbers

     f.   Otiier (define use)

3,    Attach any available  information on Raw Water (jiality
     (See III E.)

4.    Pretreatment Requirements

     a.   Volume Treated

     t>.   Reason for Treatment
in   PROCESS '.

      A,   Wastewater Source
          For each setter that leaves company property, list manufac-
          turing steps that contribute measurable  ivastenater and  give
          the average, minimum and maximum flow from each source
          expressed aa gal/day.  Completely segregated sanltaiT1 sewers
          maybe neglected.  Estimated flow rates  should be eo indicated.
     c.   Describe Treatment System and Operation
     d.   Type and Quantity of Chemicals Used
     e.   Attach any available information on Treated
         Water Qiality (See III E.)
                                                     FIGURE  1  (CONTD.)

-------
     Is wastewater discharged  to  a surface stream or storm sewer
     or to a city sanitary sewer  system!

     Are wastewater characteristics appreciably different during
     startup and shutdown as compared to normal operation?

     Quantity and point of application of oil, cleaning agents
     and other chemicals used  which might enter the wastewater
     stream.

     Treatment Methods

     1.   Wastewater source and volune

     2.   Reason for Treatment
     3.   Describe  treatment system and operation
                   quantity of chemicals used
F.   Wastewater Quality

     (Attach any available data on water quality,  both before
     and after treatment, such as pH, BOD, COD,  solids, heavy
     netals, temperature, etc.  Identify with respect  to tie
     sources listed in part A of this section.  Indicate the
     type of sample (grab, _ hour composite, etc.) and give
     the •production during the sampling period as  outlined in
     Part II E.

Q.   Describe inplant methods of water conservation and/or waste
     reduction presently in use or anticipated.

H.   Identify any air pollution, noise or solid  waste  resulting
     from treatment or other control methods. How is  solid
     waste disposed of?

I.   Dascrlbe water pollution control methods being considered
     for future application.
          J.   Cost information (related to  water pollution control)

              1,   Treatirent plant and/or equipment cost

              2.   Operating Costs (personnel,  maintenance, etc.)

              3.   fewer Costs

              i,.   Estimated Equipment Life


IV   COOLING WATER

     A.    Process steps requiring cooling water

     B.    Heat rejection requirements (BTU/hour)

     C.    Type of cooling system (once-through or recycle)

     D.    Water temperatures and flow rate

          1.   Input

          2.   Output

          3.   Flow Hate

     E.    Cooling tower or spray pond (circle which)

          1.   Slowdown Rate

          2.   Slowdown Control Jtfethod

          3.   Type and quantity of water treatment chemicals used

          4.   Attach any available information on blowdown water
              quality (See III E.)

     F.    Type and quantity of chemicals used for once-through
          cooling water treatment


 V   BOILER

     A.    Capacity

     B.    Attach any available information on blowdown rate and
          quality (See III E.)
                                                            FIGURE  1  (CONTD.)

-------
    PART A AND 0 PARAMETERS OF INTAKE WATER AND  DISCHARGE.   BREAKDOWN BY PLANT
to
00
      MGO

    ITEM NO.
                INF.
         GPO/   CONO
         P-UNIT MS/L
EFF.
AVE.
MG/L
CONC<
MAX
MG/L
    NAME- PLANT A
     0.36    1244*44 1.
            550. OIL AND GREASE


                         17.
NAME- PLANT B
 0.435   828.571 2.
                             6.
NAME- PLANT c
0.17 340.
NAME- PLANT 0
0*81 1350.
1.5
0*
7.1
11.
                                            .LB/DAY  INCREASE
                                            AVE        MAX
                       LBS ADDED PER
MG/L INCREASE UNIT/DAY   PRODUCT UNIT
AV£   MAX
            PRODUCTION- 450.   TONS/DAY.NONE»GC
        IB.     74.7264 79.3968 16.     17.     450.

            PRODUCTION- 525.   TONS/DAY.NONE»GC
        7*      14.5116 18.1395 4.      5*      525*

            PRODUCTION- 500.   TONS/DAY*NONE»GC
        8.4     7.93968 9.78281 5.6     6.9     500.

           . PRODUCTION- 600.   TONS/DAY.NONE.GC
        14.     74.3094 94.5756 11.     14.     600.
AVE
         MAX
SAMPLE TYPE
                                                                    1  DATA POINTS
                                                 0,16605  0.17643COMPt24 HR,  6-18-72

                                                                    1  DATA POINTS
                                                 0.02764  0.03455GRA8,  1-15-74

                                                                    1  DATA POINTS
                                                 0.01587  0.01956COMP.24 HR»  1-25-74

                                                                    1  DATA POINTS
                                                 0.12384  0.15762GRAB*  1-5-74
     1.975   3763.01 4.5     41.1    47.4    171.487 201.895 36.6    42.9    2075.
     0.49375 940.754 1.125   10.275  11.85   42.8717 50.^737 9.15    10.725  518.75
     0.26625 459.42  0.85391 4.97016 5.09477 36.6405 42.7503 5.46107 5.7011  62i5
     0.81    1350.   2.      17.     18.     74.7264 94.5756 16.     17.      600.
     0.17    340.    0*      6.      7.      7.93968 9.78281 4.      5*       450.
                                                                                 0.33342  0.38818
                                                                                 0.08335  0.09704
                                                                                 0.07334  0«0814
                                                                                 0.16605  0.17643
                                                                                 0.01587  0.01956
     0.49375 940.754 1.125   10.275  11.85   42.8717 50.4,737 9.15
                                                                 10*725  518.75  0.08335  0.09704
                                                                                         TOTAL
                                                                                         AVER.
                                                                                         SIGMA
                                                                                          MAX.
                                                                                          M1N.
                                                                                         WT.AV.
                                                        FIGURE  2

                                              SAMPLE  COMPUTER  FORMAT

-------
                              TABLE 1

                      GLASS CONTAINER PLANTS
COMPANY NAME
Anchor Hocking
Ball
Brockway Glass
 Chattanooga Glass
 Columbine  Glass

 Foster-Forbes  Glass

 Gayner Glass Works

 Glass  Containers
  PLANT LOCATION

Jacksonville, Fla.
Houston, Texas
Gurnee, 111.
Connellsville, Pa.
Salem., N. J.
Winchester, Ind.
San Leandro, Calif.

Mundelein, 111.
El Monte, Calif.

Muskogee, Okla.
Clarks"burg, ¥. Va.
Lapel, Ind.
Ada, Okla.
Freehold, N. J.
Zanesville, Ohio

Chattanooga,- Term.
Corsicana, Texas
Gulfport, Miss.
Mt. Vernon9 Ohio
Keyser, ¥. Va.

Wheat Ridge,  Colo.

Marion, Ind.

Salem, N. J.

Indianapolis,  Ind.
Danville, Conn.
Jackson, Miss.
Parker, Pa-
Marienville,  Pa.
Knox, Pa.
Forest Park,  Ga.
Palestine, Texas
Antioch, Calif.
Gas City, Ind.
Hayward, Calif.
Vernon, Calif.
                           29

-------
                         TABLE 1 (Contd.)

                      GLASS CONTAINER PLANTS
COMPANY NAME

Glenshaw Glass

Kerr Glass Mfg.
Latchford Glass

Laurens Glass



Liberty Glass

Madera Glass

Maryland Glass

Metro Containers
Midland Glass

Northwestern Glass

Obear-Nestor


Pierce Glass

Owens-Illinois
  PLANT LOCATION

Glenshaw, Pa.

Millville, N. J.
Plainfield, HI.
Dunkirk, Ind.
Santa Ana, Calif.
Sand Springs, Okla.

Los Angeles, Calif.

Henderson, N. C.
Laurens, S. C.
Ruston, La.

Sapulpa, Okla.

Madera, Calif.

Baltimore, Md.

Jersey- City, N. J.
Carteret, N. J.
Dolton, 111.
Washington, Pa.

Shakopee, Minn.

Seattle, Wash.

E. St. Louis, HI.
Lincoln, HI.

Port Allegany, Pa.

Huntington, V. Va.
Fairmont, W. Va.
Alton, 111.
Streator, 111.
Gas City, Ind.
Bridgeton, N. J.
Waco,  Texas
Oakland, Calif.
                         30

-------
                         TABLE 1 (Contd.)

                      GLASS CONTAHIER PLANTS


COMPANY NAME                     PLANT LOCATION

Owens-Illinois (Contd.)        Clarion, Pa.
                               Los Angeles, Calif.
                               Brockport, N. J.
                               Charlotte, Mich.
                               New Orleans, La.
                               Atlanta, Ga.
                               North Bergen, N. J,
                               Lakeland, Fla.
                               Portland, Ore.
                               Tracy, Calif.

Puerto Rico Glass              San Jiian, P. R.

Thatcher Glass Mfg.            Lawrencebtirg, Ind.
                               Saugus, Calif.
                               Ehnira, N. Y.
                               Whoaton, IT. J.
                               Tampa, Fla.
                               Streator, 111.
                         31

-------
                              TABLE 2

                  PRESSED AND BLOW GLASS PLANTS
COMPANY NAME

Anchor Hocking


Brockway Glass

Corning Glass Works
Federal Glass

General Electric


Owens-Illinois
Corning Glass Works


General Electric



GTE-Sylvania

Westinghouse Electric



Corning Glass Works



Owens-Illinois
Machine Pressed and Blown Glassware Plants

	PLANT LOCATION	

         Lancaster, Ohio (Plant #l)
         Lancaster, Ohio (Plant #2)

         Clarksburg, W. Va.

         Corning, N. Y.
         Muskogee, Okla.
         Greenville, Ohio
         Danville, Va.
         Harrodsburg, Ky.

         Columbus, Ohio

         Niles, Ohio
         Somerset, Ky.

         Toledo, Ohio
         Walnut, Calif.

Tubing Plants

         Blacksburg, Va.
         Danville, Ky.
         Bucyrus, Ohio
         Logan, Ohio
         Jackson, Miss.
         Bridgeville, Pa.

         Greenland, K. H.

         Fairmont, W. Va.

Television Picture Tube Envelope Plants

         Albion, Mich.
         Bluffton, Ind.
         State College, Pa.

         Columbus9 Ohio
         Pittston, Pa.
                           32

-------
                          TABLE  2  (Contd.)

                   PRESSED AND BLOWN  GLASS  PLANTS
COMPANY NAME
Corning Glass Works
General Electric
The Beaumont Co.
Blenko Glass
Canton Glass Division
Colonial Glass
Crescent Glass
Davis-Lynch Glass
Elite Co.
EMC Glass
Erie Glass
Erskine Glass
Fenton Art Glass
Fostoria Glass
Gillender Brothers
Glassworks, Inc.
Harvey Industries
Imperial Glass
Jeannette Shade & Novelty
Johnson Glass and Plastic
Kanawha Glass
Kessler, Inc.
Kopp Glass, Inc.
Lenox Crystal, Inc.
Lewis County Glass
Louie Glass
Minners Glass
Overmyer-Perram Glass
Pennsboro Glass
Pilgrim Glass
Raylite Glass
St. Clair Glassworks
Scandia Glassworks
Scott Depot Glass
Seneca Glass
Sinclair Glass
Sloan Glass, Inc.
Smith Glass
 I ncandu.scent Lamp Enve Lope_PIantj>

	PLANT LOCATION	

      Central Falls, R.I.
      WeiIsboro, Pa.

      Lexington, Ky.
      Miles, Ohio
      Cleveland, Ohio

 l\ai\d Pressed & Blown Glassware Plants

      Morgantown, W.Va.
      Milton, W.Va.
      Hartford City, Ind.
      Deanville, W.Va.
      Wellsburg, W.Va.
      Star City, W.Va.
      New York, N.Y.
      Decatur, Texas
      Parkridge, 111.
      Wellsburg, W.Va.
      Williamstown, W.Va.
      Moundsvilie, W.Va.
      Port Jervis, N.Y.
      Huntington Beach, Ca.
      Clarksburg, W.Va.
      Bellaire, Ohio
      Jeannette, Pa.
      Chicago, 111.
      Dunbar, W.Va.
      Bethpage, L.I.
      Pittsburgh, Pa.
      Mt. Pleasant, Pa.
      Jane Lew, W.Va.
      Weston, W.Va.
      Salem, W.Va.
      Tulsa, Okla.
      Pennsboro, W.Va.
      Ceredo, W.Va.
      Southgate, Ca.
      Elwood, Ind.
      Kenova, W.Va.
      Fort Smith, Ark.
      Morgantown, W.Va.
      Hartford City, Ind.
      Culloden, W.Va.
      Mt. Pleasant, Pa.
                                   33

-------
                               TABLE 2 (Contd.)

                        PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS  PLANTS


Company Name	               Hand Pressed & Blown Glassware Plants

Super Glass                                 Brooklyn, N.Y.
Viking Glass                                New  Martinsville,  W.Va.
Viking Glass                                Huntington,  W.Va.
Westmoreland Glass                          Grapeville,  Pa.
Wheaton Industries                          Millville, N,J.
West Virginia Glass Specialty               Weston,  W.Va.
                                 34

-------
w
                                                   FIGURE 3



                         LOCATION OF PARTICIPATING  GLASS CONTAINER  MANUFACTURING  PLANTS

-------
u
ON
             •& MACHINE  PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS PLANT


             A GLASS TUBING PLANT


             • TELEVISION PICTURE TUBE ENVELOPE  PLANT


             • INCANDESCENT  LAMP GLASS  PLANT


             * HAND  PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS PLANT



                                                         FIGURE  4


                      LOCATION OF  PARTICIPATING  PRESSED  AND  BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING  PLANTS

-------
                              TABLE 3




                          PLANTS VISITED







Plant Types                  Ho. of Plants   Type of Data Obtained




Glass Container                    3            CO          (2)




Machine Pressed and Blown          2            Cl)          (2)




Tubing                             1                         (2)




TV Picture Tube Envelope           2            Cl)          (2)




Incandescent Lamp Envelope         1            (l)          (2)




Hand Pressed and Blown             k            (l)          (2)









(l) - Individual process or siib category.




(2) - End-of-pipe including all process and auxiliary wastes.
                         37

-------
glass container plants, one machine pressed and blown  glass  plant,
one  television  picture  tube envelope plant, one incandescent lamp
envelope plant, and two hand pressed and blown glass plants.   Plant
sampling  provided  significant  data on raw and treated waste water
volumes and characteristics and verified the data obtained from  the
industry.

GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE INDUSTRY

Production Classification

The  U.S.  Bureau of Census, Census of Manufacturers, classifies the
glass  container  manufacturing  and   pressed   and   blown   glass
manufacturing  industries  as  Standard  Industrial  Classifications
(SIC) group code numbers 3221 and 3229,  respectively.   Both  group
numbers  are  under the more general category of Stone, Clay, Glass,
and concrete Products  (Major Group 32) and,more specifically, under
Glass and Glassware, Pressed or Blown  (Group Number 322).  The four-
digit  classification  code  (3221)  covers industrial establishments
engaged in manufacturing glass containers for commercial packing and
bottling, and for home  canning.   The  classification  code  (3229)
comprises   all   industrial  establishments  primarily  engaged  in
manufacturing glass and glassware, pressed, blown,  or  shaped  from
glass  produced  in  the  same  establishment.   Establishments also
covered by code (3229)  include  those  manufacturing  textile  glass
fibers  and  pressed  lenses  for  vehicular  lighting, beacons, and
lanterns.   Effluent   limitations   guidelines   and   new   source
performance  standards  for  textile  glass fiber manufacturing have
previously been promulgated by the EPA.

Origin and History

The origin and history of glass is thought to have  begun  with  the
Egyptians in 4000 B.C.   The first glass articles manufactured by the
Egyptians  were small,  decorative, glass-covered objects.  The first
true glass vessels - small bottles, goblets, or vases  -  come  from
the  Egyptian  royal graves of the period around 1555-1350 B.C.  The
glass vessels were made by the sand core technique in which  a  sand
core  is  stuck  to  a  metal rod, fired or fritted, and coated by a
thick layer of viscous glass.  Further forming was  accomplished  by
reheating  and  using  simple  tools  such  as  pinchers, but not by
blowing.

Glass  blowing  originated  in  the  Eastern  Mediterranean  at  the
beginning  of  the  first  century  B.C.   The  glass  blow-pipe was
introduced to the Western Mediterranean around 30  B.C.   The  blow-
pipe method of forming glass was used from this time on and has only
gradually been replaced by mechanical processes since the end of the
19th Century.

The  glass  pressing  machine was introduced in America in 1827.  In
this process the molten glass is pressed into a mold manually with a
plunger.  Several other glass manufacturing innovations occurred  in
the  19th  Century.  The first successful bottle-blowing machine was
                              38

-------
invented by Ashley of England in 1888.  Several other  bottle-making
machines  were  developed during the next years.  In 1889 Michael J.
Owens conceived the first fully automatic bottle machine,  which  in
less  than  20  years  revolutionized glass container manufacturing.
Another major manufacturing breakthrough was the introduction of the
Corning ribbon machine in the early 1900's.  The ribbon machine  can
manufacture  as  many  as  2200 bulbs per minute.  The Hartford I.S.
(Individual Section) machine, developed in 1925,  remains  the  most
popular  method  for manufacturing glass containers.  Techniques for
forming  glass  containers  and  machine   pressed   products   have
essentially  remained  the  same  since  the  1920' s.   Most  recent
developments in the glass industry are in the application  of  glass
into  new  areas such as conductive coatings, electrical components,
and photosensitive glasses.

Description of Manufacturing Methods

There are four manufacturing steps that are  common  to  the  entire
pressed  and  blown glass industry.  The four steps include weighing
and mixing of raw materials, melting of raw  materials,  forming  of
molten  glass,  and  annealing  of  formed  glass products.  Forming
methods  vary  substantially,   depending   on   the   product   and
subcategory,  and  range from hand blowing to centrifugal casting of
picture tube funnels.  Following forming and  annealing,  the  glass
may  be prepared for shipment or may be further processed in what is
referred to as finishing.  There is little or no finishing involving
waste water in the glass container and  machine  pressed  and  blown
manufacturing,  while  extensive finishing is required in television
picture tube envelope, incandescent lamp envelope, and hand  pressed
and blown glassware manufacturing.  Finishing of glass tubing is not
covered by this study.

PRODUCTION AND PLANT LOCATION

There  are  approximately  30  firms  with  a  total  of  140 plants
presently manufacturing glass containers in the United States.   The
eight  largest firms in the industry produce about 78 percent of the
glass container shipments and operate two-thirds of  the  individual
plants.   Plants are located throughout the United States to service
regional customers, but a  large  number  are  concentrated  in  the
northeastern  United States.  The industry originally located in the
Northeast because convenient sources of raw materials and fuel  were
available.

The  glass  container industry employs over 70,000 persons and has  a
daily processing capacity of 50,500 metric  tons   (55,500  tons)  of
glass  pulled.   The  average  glass container plant capacity is 388
metric tons  (U27 tons).  Plants range in size from 122  metric  tons
 (13U  tons)  per  day to 1320 metric tons  (1U50 tons) per day  (Table
<*)-

There are about 50 machine pressed  and  blown  glass  manufacturing
plants  in  the  United States and the average capacity is 91 metric
tons  (100 tons) pulled per day.   Machine  pressed  and  blown  ware


                             39

-------
                                                     TABLE 1*

                                       PRESSED AND BLOW GLASS MANUFACTURING
                                                PRODUCTION DATA (a)
o
Number of Plants
GC
MPB
TB
TV
L
HPB
1UO
50
30
10
18
50
Average Plant Size Range
(metric tons/day) (metric tons/day)
388 122 - 1320
91
100
208
192
3.6
1*0
1*0
142
141
0.7
-3>*9
- 161*
- 255
- 245
- 6.5
Average Plant Size Range
(tons /day) (tons /day)
1*27
100
110
229
212
i*.o
13l*
1*1*
1*1*
156
155
0.8
- ll*50
- 381*
- 180
- 280
- 270
- 7.2
         (a)  All production figures except HPB based on weight of glass pulled from furnace in tons;
              HPB "based on weight of finished product.
               GC - Glass Containers
              MPB - Machine Pressed and Blown
               TB - Tubing
               TV - Television Picture Tube Envelope
                L - Incandescent Lamp Envelope
              HPB - Hand Pressed and Blown

-------
plant  capacities  range from 40 metric tons (44 tons) to 349 metric
tons (384 tons).

About 30 plants manufacture  glass  tubing  in  the  United  States.
Production, expressed as furnace pull per day, ranges from 40 metric
tons  (44  tons)  per  day to 164 metric tons (180 tons) per day and
averages 100 metric tons (110 tons).

Approximately 10 television  picture  tube  envelope  factories  are
located  in  the  United States.  The average amount of glass pulled
per day is 208 metric tons (229 tons).  Plant production varies from
142 metric tons  (156 tons)  pulled per day to 255  metric  tons  (280
tons) pulled per day.

Incandescent  lamp  envelopes  are  manufactured at 18 plants in the
United States.  Plant production in terms  of  furnace  pull  ranges
from  141  metric  tons  (155  tons) per day to 245 metric tons (270
tons) per day.  The average plant production is 193 metric tons (212
tons) per day.

Hand pressed and blown glass  manufacturing  plants  are  small  and
primarily  located in West Virginia, western Pennsylvania, and Ohio.
Approximately fifty handmade glassware plants  are  located  in  the
United  States.  A number of hand pressed and blown ware plants also
have facilities td manufacture machine-made glassware.  The  average
amount  of  finished  product produced per day at a hand pressed and
blown ware plant is 3.6  metric  tons   (4.0  tons).   The  range  of
production  varies  from  0.7  metric tons  (0.8 tons) per day to 6.5
metric tons (7.2 tons) per day.

GENERAL PROCESS DESCRIPTION

Pressed and blown glass and glassware are  covered  in  this  study.
The pressed and blown glass industry has been characterized as glass
container, machine pressed and blown glass, glass tubing, television
picture  tube envelope, incandescent lamp envelope, and hand pressed
and  blown   glass   manufacturing.    Pressed   and   blown   glass
manufacturing  consists  of  raw  material mixing, melting, forming,
annealing, and, in some cases, finishing.

The basic unit of production  for  all  subcategories,  except  hand
pressed  and blown glass manufacturing, is the metric ton  (or ton in
English units) and is based on the amount of glass  drawn  from  the
melting  tank.  These units were chosen because they relate directly
to plant size  and  waste  water  production  and  will  be  readily
available  to  enforcement  personnel.   The  number  of metric tons
(tons) of finished product  is  a  more  convenient  unit  for  hand
pressed   and   blown   glass   manufacturing  because  waste  water
characteristics are related  to  finishing  operations  rather  than
metric  tons   (tons)  pulled from the furnace.  The number or pieces
produced is also a common unit, but does  not  appear  to  correlate
with  waste  water  production  as well as the number of metric tons
(tons) of finished product.
                               41

-------
Raw Materials-

Soda-lime glass is used to some extent in all  subcategories  except
television  picture tube envelope manufacturing.  The basic composi-
tion of the batch mix remains the same; however, there may be  minor
variations in raw material composition depending on the manufacturer
and the product.  Sand (silica)  is the major ingredient and accounts
for about 70 percent of the batch.  Another major ingredient is soda
(sodium  oxide)  or  soda ash which is about 13 to 16 percent of the
batch.  Soda and sometimes small  quantities  of  potash  (potassium
oxide) are added as fluxing agents which reduce the viscosity of the
mixture  greatly  below that of the silica.  This permits the use of
lower melting temperatures and thereby improves the process by which
undissolved gases are removed from the molten glass.  Lime  (calcium
oxide)  and  small  amounts of alumina (aluminum oxide) and magnesia
(magnesium oxide) are added to improve the  chemical  durability  of
the  glass; iron or other materials may be added as coloring agents.
The usual batch also has between 10  and  50  percent  cullet.   The
quantity  of  cullet added depends on the availability and allowable
levels in the total batch.

Cullet is waste glass that is produced in  the  glass  manufacturing
process.   Principal  sources  are  product  rejects,  breakage,  or
intentional wasting of molten glass to produce cullet.  The addition
of cullet improves the melting qualities of the batch because of its
tendency to melt faster than the other ingredients,  thus  providing
starting points from which the melting can proceed.

Other  glass  types  used  by  pressed and blown glass manufacturers
include lead-alkali silicate glass  and  borosilicate  glass.   Lead
oxide  replaces  the lime of the soda-lime glass to form lead-alkali
silicate glasses.  The lead oxide acts as a fluxing agent and lowers
the softening point below that of the  soda-lime  glass.   The  lead
oxide also improves the working qualities of the glass when the lead
oxide  proportion  is  less  than  about  50  percent.   Lead-alkali
silicate glass is used in the production of television picture  tube
envelopes and lead crystal.  Lead apparently limits radiation in the
television picture tube application.

Boric  oxide  acts  as  the fluxing agent for silica in borosilicate
glasses.  Boric oxide has less effect  than  soda  in  lowering  the
viscosity  of silica and in raising the coefficient of expansion.  A
higher melting temperature is required for borosilicate glasses than
for soda-lime and lead-alkali silicate  glasses.   The  borosilicate
glass  is  also more difficult to fabricate than the other two glass
types.   The  primary  advantages  of  borosilicate  glass  are  its
coefficients   of  expansion  and  its  greater  resistance  to  the
corrosive effects of acids.   The  lower  coefficient  of  expansion
allows  the  glass  to be used at higher temperatures.  Borosilicate
glass is used for  machine  pressed  products  such  as  lenses  and
reflectors,  for  some  incandescent  lamp envelopes, and for tubing
that is to be fabricated into laboratory and scientific glassware.

-------
Raw Material Storage and Mixing-

Raw materials  are  shipped  to  the  glass  manufacturers  in  bulk
quantities.   The  raw materials are conveyed automatically to large
storage silos or holding  bins.   Gullet  is  transported  from  the
points  where  it  is  produced, and then sent to segregated storage
areas according to the type and color of the cullet.

Batch weighing and mixing is  usually  done  according  to  formulas
which are based on either 454 kilograms  (1000 pounds) of glass or on
454  kilograms  (1000  pounds)  of sand.  The type of mixing systems
used at the pressed and blown glass manufacturing plants range  from
hand  batching at small hand pressed and blown glass plants to fully
automatic systems.  Water is also added to the batch at some  plants
to  reduce  segregation  of  the batch and to control dust emissions
during mixing.  After mixing, the glass batch is  charged  into  the
glass  furnace  manually  or automatically.  Furnace charging can be
either continuous or intermittent.

Melting-

Melting is done in three types of units, according to the amount  of
glass  required.   Continuous  furnaces  are  standard  at the glass
container, machine  pressed  and  blown,  glass  tubing,  television
picture  tube  envelope,  and incandescent lamp envelope plants, but
clay pots and day tanks are used in the manufacture of hand  pressed
and blown ware.

Pots  and day tanks are well suited for the variable composition and
small quantities of glass required in handmade  glass  plants.   The
multi-pot  furnace is the primary method of melting in these plants.
Eight or more pots may be grouped in a circular arrangement as  part
of  one  furnace.   Temperatures  as high as 1400 degrees centigrade
 (2550 degrees Fahrenheit) may be  achieved.   Pot  capacities  range
from  9  kilograms   (20 pounds) to 1820 kilograms  (two tons).  A day
tank is a  single  furnace  and  is  somewhat  larger  than  a  pot,
generally  having  a  capacity  of several metric tons  (tons).  Both
pots and day tanks are batch fed at the  end of the working  day  and
allowed to melt overnight.

Continuous  tanks  range in holding capacity from 0.9 to 1270 metric
tons  (one to 1400 tons), and outputs may be as high as  273  kkg/day
 (300  tons/day).   The  continuous  tank  consists  of  two areas, a
melting chamber and a fining chamber.  The chambers are separated by
an internally cooled wall built across the tank.  The fining chamber
allows gas bubbles to leave the melt.  Extensions  from  the  fining
chamber  called  forehearths  are used to condition the glass before
forming.

Forming-

Several methods are used to form pressed and blown glassware.  These
include blowing, pressing, drawing, and  casting.

-------
Blowing—The individual section (I.S.) forming machine is  the  most
widely  used  method  for  making  glass containers.  Forming of the
glass container involves several blowing steps.  The molten glass is
cut into gobs by a set of shear cutters  as  the  glass  leaves  the
forehearth  of  the melting tank.  Chutes direct the gobs into blank
molds.  The shear cutter and chutes are lubricated and cooled with a
spray of emulsified oil.  The  molten  glass  gob  is  settled  with
compressed air and preformed with a counter blow.  The preformed gob
(parison)  is  then  inverted and transferred into a blow mold where
the glass container is finished by final blowing.

A  pressing  and  blowing  action  is  used  to  form   wide-mouthed
containers.   The molten glass gob is cut and delivered to the mold,
and the gob is then pressed and puffed.  The preformed  gob  is  in-
verted for final blowing to complete the forming of the container.

A  few  Owens  machines  are still in use but these are slowly being
replaced by I. S. machines, owing to the higher production and lower
operating expense associated with these units.   The  Owens  machine
consists  of  a number of molds arranged around a central axis.  The
entire machine rotates and  glass  is  sucked  by  vacuum  into  the
parison  mold.   The parison is then transfered to the blow mold for
final blowing.  Shear or chute sprays are  not  required  for  these
machines.

Incandescent lamp glass envelopes are formed using a ribbon machine.
The  ribbon  machine employs modified blowing techniques to form the
envelopes.  The molten glass is discharged from the melting tank  in
a  continuous  stream  and  passes between two water cooled rollers.
One roller is smooth while the other has a circular depression.  The
ribbon produced by the rollers is then redirected horizontally on  a
plate  belt.   The  plate belt runs at the same speed as the forming
rollers.  Each plate on the plate belt has an opening and  the  pill
shaped  glass portion of the ribbon sags through the openings due to
gravity.  The glass ribbon is met  by  a  continuous  belt  of  blow
heads;  the  blow  heads  aid the sag of the glass by properly timed
compressed air impulses.  After the glass has been premolded, it  is
enclosed  by  blow  molds  which  are brought up under the premolded
glass on a continuous belt.  The blow molds are  pasted  and  rotate
about  their  own axis to obtain seamless smooth surfaces.  Both the
blow heads and molds are lubricated with a spray of  emulsified  oil
(shear  spray).  The formed envelopes  (bulbs) are separated from the
ribbon by scribing the neck of the bulb and tapping the bulb against
a metal bar.  Residual glass is collected as cullet.

Hand blow glassware is made  using  a  blowpipe.   Molten  glass  is
gathered  on  the  end  of the blowpipe and, utilizing lung power or
compressed air, is blown into its final shape.  After the main  sec-
tion  is  formed,  additional parts such as handles and stems can be
added.  This is accomplished by gathering a piece of  molten  glass,
joining  it  to  the molded piece,and then forming the joined pieces
with special glassworking tools.
                             44

-------
Pressing—Much glassware is manufactured  using  presses.   A  press
mold  consists of three sections:  the mold bottom, the plunger, and
an enclosing ring that seals the mold between the  mold  bottom  and
the  plunger.  Pressing is done manually in the handmade subcategory
or by machine in the remainder of the industry.

In manual pressing of glassware, molten  glass  is  collected  on  a
steel rod and allowed to drop into the mold bottom.  When the proper
amount of glass is deposited in the mold, the glass remaining on the
rod  is  separated  from  that in the mold by cutting with a pair of
shears.  The plunger is then forced into the  mold  with  sufficient
pressure  to fill the mold cavities.  The glass is allowed to set-up
before the plunger is withdrawn and the  pressed  glass  is  removed
from the mold.

Machine  pressing  is  done on a circular steel table.  The glass is
fed to the presses in pulses from a refractory  bowl  following  the
forehearth  of  the melting tank.  The molten glass is cut into gobs
by  oil-lubricated  shear  cutters  beneath  the  orifice   of   the
refractory  bowl.   The  motions  of the shear cutters and the press
table are synchronized such that the gobs fall into successive molds
on the press table.  After the gob is received in the mold, it moves
to the next station on the press table, where it  is  pressed  by  a
plunger.  In the remaining stations, the pressed glass is allowed to
cool  before  it  is  removed  from  the  press  and conveyed to the
annealing lehr.

The mold bottoms are usually cooled by  air  jets  and  the  plunger
sections  are  cooled  with  non-contact  cooling  water.   The mold
temperature is critical; if the mold is too hot,  the  molded  piece
will  stick to the mold and if it is too cold, the piece may have an
uneven surface.  In some cases, the mold is sprayed with water prior
to receiving the glass.  The steam formed when the molten  glass  is
introduced  helps  prevent sticking.  Machine pressed glass products
include tableware, lenses, reflectors, and television  picture  tube
faceplates.

Shear  Spray—In  the  manufacture  of  most machine-made pressed or
blown glass  products,  blow  heads,  molds,  and  shearcutters  are
lubricated  and cooled with a spray of emulsified oil  (shear spray) .
This may be made up of petroleum or synthetic oils of an  animal  of
vegetable  nature.   The  trend  in recent years has been to utilize
synthetic biodegradable shear spray oils.

Drawing—Glass tubing may be formed using three different processes.
In the Danner process, a regulated amount of glass  falls  upon  the
surface  of  a rotating mandrel which is inclined to the horizontal.
Air is blown through the  center  of  the  mandrel  continuously  to
maintain the bore and the diameter of the tubing as it is drawn away
from  the  mandrel.   The  tubing is pulled away from the mandrel on
rollers  by  the  gripping  action  of  an  endless  chain.   Tubing
dimensions  are  controlled by the drawing speed and the quantity of
air blown through the center of the mandrel.  The tubing is  scribed
by  a  cutting  stone  that  is accelerated to the drawing speed and
                               45

-------
pressed vertically against  the  tubing  and  then  cut  by  bending
against a spring controlled roller.

The  Velio and Updraw processes can also be used to form tubing.  In
the Velio process, the molten  glass  passes  downward  through  the
annular  space  between a vertical mandrel and a refractory ring set
in the bottom of a special forehearth section of the  melting  tank.
The  tubing is drawn away from the Velio machine and cut in a manner
similar to that used for the Danner Process.

The Updraw process is used to make large diameter tubing  and  glass
pipe.   In  the  Updraw  process,  the tubing is drawn upward from a
refractory cone.  Air is  blown  up  through  the  cone  to  control
dimensions  and  cool the tubing.  The tubing is cut into lengths at
the top of the draw.

Casting—Television picture tube  envelope  funnels  are  formed  by
casting.   Molten  glass  is  cut  into gobs by oil-lubricated shear
cutters.  The glass gob is then dropped into the mold.  The mold  is
spun  sufficiently  fast that the centrifugal force causes the glass
to flow up the  sides  of  the  mold  to  form  a  wall  of  uniform
thickness.   A  sharp-edged  wheel is used to trim the upper edge of
the funnel at the end of the spinning operation.

Gullet Ouenching-

Cullet is waste  glass  that  is  produced  both  intentionally  and
inadvertently.   Gullet results from breakage, wasting of molten and
formed glass during production interruptions or machine maintenance,
rejection of formed pieces because of imperfections, and intentional
wasting.   Wasting  of  glass  during  production  interruptions  is
necessary  to  maintain  a  steady flow of glass through the melting
furnace.  All portions of the pressed and blown glass segment except
for hand pressed and blown glass manufacturing are effected by  this
requirement.  Gullet is conveyed from the manufacturing operation by
chutes into carts or tanks located in the furnace basement.

A  continuous  stream  of water is discharged through the chutes and
into the quench carts and tanks to cool or  quench  the  hot  glass.
Excess  water  overflows  from  the  quench  cart  or  tank  and  is
discharged into the sewer.  When the cart or  tank  is  filled  with
glass,  it  is removed from the quench stream, allowed to drain, and
conveyed to a storage area where the  cullet  is  dumped.   In  some
plants,  quench  carts  have been replaced by water-filled vibrating
conveyors that automatically remove  cullet  to  the  storage  area.
Cullet is segregated according to type and color.

Annealino-

After  the glass is formed, annealing is required to relieve strains
that might weaken the glass or cause it to fail.  The  entire  piece
of  glassware  is  brought  to  a uniform temperature high enough3 to
permit the release of internal stresses and then cooled at a uniform
rate to prevent new strains from developing.  Annealing is  done  in
                               46

-------
long  continuous  ovens  called  lehrs.   The dimensions of the lehr
depend upon the type of glass to be annealed.

Finishing-

Following annealing, the pressed and blown glass is either  finished
or  inspected,  packaged,  and shipped.  Glassware from all subcate-
gories may, in some cases, be  finished  but  many  finishing  steps
require  no  water  and produce no waste water.  This study includes
the major waste water producing finishing steps  that  are  normally
employed  at  the  same location where the glass is produced.  These
are television picture tube envelope  finishing,  incandescent  lamp
envelope frosting, and hand pressed and blown glass finishing.

Television picture tube envelopes—Television picture tube envelopes
are  manufactured  in  two  pieces,  referred  to  as the screen and
funnel.  Both pieces require the addition  of  components  prior  to
annealing and several finishing steps which follow annealing.  After
forming  and  prior  to  annealing,  the  seam on the screen is fire
polished and  mounting  pins  are  installed  employing  heat.   The
mounting  pins are required for proper alignment when the electronic
components are placed into the picture tube.

The stem portion and an anode to be used as a  high  voltage  source
are  added  to  the  funnel prior to annealing.  Both components are
fused onto the funnel using heat.

Following annealing, screens and funnels are visually inspected  for
gross  defects  such  as  large  stones,  blisters and entrapped gas
bubbles.  The screen dimensions and mounting pin locations are  then
gaged to check for exactness of assembly.  The funnel portion is not
gaged until all finishing steps are completed.

Screens   and   funnels  are  finished  separately  using  different
equipment.  The first  finishing  step  applied  to  the  television
screen  section  is  abrasive  polishing.   Polishing is required to
assure a flawless and parallel surface  alignment  so  that  an  un-
distorted  picture will be produced when the tube is assembled.  The
edge of both the screen and funnel must be perfectly smooth  so  that
a  perfect  seal  will  be  formed  when  the two sections are glued
together.  The seal must be sufficiently tight to hold a vacuum.

Abrasive polishing is accomplished in  four   steps  using  rough  and
smooth  garnet,  pumice,  and  rouge   or serium oxide.  The  abrasive
compounds are in a slurry form and are applied to the screen surface
by circular polishing  wheels  of  varying  texture.   Between  each
polishing  step  the  screen  is  rinsed  with  water.   The slurry
solutions are generally recycled  through  hydroclones  or   settling
tanks  and only fine material too small to be useful for grinding or
polishing is wasted.  Following abrasive polishing, the screen  edge
is ground, beveled, and rinsed with water.  This edge is then dipped
in  a  hydrofluoric  acid  solution  to  polish  and  remove surface
irregularities.  This step may be referred to  in  the  industry  as
                              47

-------
fortification.   Following rinsing, which removes residual acid, and
drying, the screen receives a final inspection.

The front edge of the  funnel  is  polished  with  a  diamond  wheel
polisher.   The  polishing  surface is bathed in oil and, therefore,
the funnel must be rinsed with water to  remove  the  oily  residue.
The  edge  of the funnel is then beveled and dipped in a combination
of hydrofluoric and sulfuric acids to polish or fortify.   Following
the acid dip, the funnel is rinsed with water and dried before final
gaging and inspection.

Incandescent  lamp  envelopes—An  incandescent lamp envelope may be
defined as the glass portion of a light bulb.  Generally,  envelopes
are  not  manufactured  in  the  same  plant  where  the  bulbs  are
assembled, and assembly is not covered by this study.  Envelopes may
be clear, coated, or frosted, but either by habit  or  for  esthetic
reasons,   frosted  bulbs  are  the  most  popular  with  consumers.
Frosting improves the light diffusing capabilities of the  envelope.
Generally,  lamp  envelopes  are  frosted  at  the  plant  where the
envelope is produced and coatings are  applied  where  the  bulb  is
assembled.

After  annealing,  the  lamp  envelopes  are  placed  in  racks  for
processing through the frosting operation.  The envelope interior is
sprayed successively with several frosting solutions.  The  specific
formulation   of   these   solutions  is  proprietary,  but  primary
constituents include hydrofluoric acid and other fluoride compounds,
ammonia, water, and soda ash.  Residual frosting solution is removed
in several rinse stages.

Hand pressed and blown—The manufacture of hand  pressed  and  blown
glass   involves   several  finishing  steps  including:  crack-off,
washing, grinding and polishing, cutting, acid polishing,  and  acid
etching.   The  extent  to  which  these methods are employed varies
substantially from plant to plant.  Many plants use only  a  few  of
the  finishing  methods.  Washing and grinding and polishing are the
most prevalent.

Crack-off is required to remove excess glass that is left over  from
the forming of hand blown glassware.  Crack-off can be done manually
or by machine.  When a machine is used for stemware, the stemware is
inserted  into  the  crack-off machine in an inverted position.  The
bowl of the stemware is scribed by a sharp edge,  the  scribed  edge
passes  by  several  gas  flames and the excess glass is broken off.
The scribed surface is then beveled on a  circular  grinding  medium
similar  to  sandpaper.   Carborundum sheets are used in most cases.
The grinding surface is sprayed with water for  lubrication  and  to
flush away glass and abrasive particles.

Hydrofluoric  acid  polishing  of the beveled edge may follow crack-
off.  This  operation  involves  rinsing  the  glassware  in  dilute
hydrofluoric  acid  and  city  water,  and  in  some  cases, a final
deionized water rinse.
                              48

-------
Miscellaneous washing is employed throughout a handmade glass  plant
and   is  associated  with  many  finishing  steps.   Generally  the
glassware receives a final washing before  packaging  and  shipment.
In many cases this is done by hand in a small sink and the glassware
is hand-dried.

Mechanical  washers  are used in the larger plants.  These units may
include  several  washes  and  rinses.   In  one  such   system,   a
recirculating  acid  rinse  is  followed  by a caustic rinse, a city
water rinse, and finally a steam spray to  heat  the  glassware  and
thus facilitate drying.

Abrasive  grinding  is used to remove sharp surfaces from the formed
glass products.  Grinding is accomplished  using  a  large  circular
stone  wheel.   The  glassware  is placed in a rack  and weights are
added to hold it against the rotating stone.  The  grinding  surface
is lubricated with slowly dripping water.

Abrasive polishing is used to polish the glass surfaces and edges of
some types of handmade glassware.  The glassware is placed in a bath
of  abrasive  slurry  and  brushed by circular mechanical brushes or
polishing belts.  After polishing, the ware is rinsed with water  in
a sink and dried,

Cutting  as  applied  to  handmade  glassware  manufacturing  may be
defined as the grinding of designs onto  the  glassware  or  as  the
removal  of  excess  glass  left  over from forming.  Designs may be
placed onto the glassware manually or  by  machine.   In  mechanical
design  cutting,  the  ware  is  placed  on a cutting machine and is
rotated in a circular motion.  Designs are cut into the  surface  at
the  desired  points  using  a  cutting edge.  In the second form of
cutting, a saw may be used to remove excess glass from some handmade
products.  Water is used in both machine design cutting  and  sawing
to lubricate the cutting surface and to remove cutting residue.

Acid  polishing  may  be  employed  to  improve the appearance or to
remove the  rough  edges  from  glassware.   Automatic  machines  or
manually dipped racks may be employed.  In the manual operation, the
glassware   is  placed  in  racks  and  treated  with  one  or  more
hydrofluoric acid dips followed  by  rinsing.   The  complexity  and
number  of  steps  is  determined by the product.  Many plants use a
one- or two-step acid treatment followed by two  rinses.   At  least
one   plant  has  a  more  complicated  system  using  a  series  of
hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, and water rinses.

Some of the larger plants  employ  automatic  polishing  techniques.
The glassware is loaded into acid-resistant plastic drums and placed
in  the  treatment vessel.  Acid contact and rinsing is accomplished
automatically according to a preset cycle.

Complicated designs  may  be  etched  onto  handmade  stemware  with
hydrofluoric acid.  The design is first made on a metal template and
is  transferred  from  the  template  to  a piece of tissue paper by
placing a combination of beeswax and lampblack  in  the  design  and
                              49

-------
then pressing the tissue paper against the design.  The tissue paper
is  placed  on  the stemware and then removed leaving the pattern in
wax.  All parts of the ware except for the pattern are  then  coated
with  wax.   The wax-coated stemware is placed in racks and immersed
in a tank of  hydrofluoric  acid  where  the  exposed  surfaces  are
etched.   Following  a  rinse  to  remove residual acid, the ware is
placed in a hot water tank where the wax melts  and  floats  to  the
surface  for  skimming and recycling.  Several additional washes and
rinses are required to clean the ware and to  remove  salt  deposits
from  the  etched surfaces.  In some cases a nitric acid bath may be
used to dissolve these deposits.  Deionized water may  be  used  for
the final rinse to prevent spotting.

Miscellaneous   finishing—Numerous  finishing  steps  that  do  not
produce waste water are employed throughout the industry.  These are
not of direct concern to this study and therefore are not covered in
detail.  These finishing operations may be generally  classified  as
decorating or,in the container industry, as labeling.  In most cases,
some  form  of  paint  or coating is applied and then baked onto the
glass surface.  This procedure is referred  to  as  glazing  in  the
handmade industry.
                              50

-------
                              SECTION IV

                       INDUSTRY CATEGORIZATION


The pressed and blown glass manufacturing industry,  covered  by  this
study,  includes  a  large  and  diverse group of products produced by
distinctly different manufacturing  methods;  these  methods  generate
waste  waters with differing waste characteristics.  Subcategorization
into smaller segments was necessary in order to develop meaningful and
workable  effluent  limitations  and   guidelines   and   new   source
performance standards.

The  following  factors were given major consideration with respect to
subcategori zation:

    1.   Raw materials

    2.   Age and size of production facilities

    3.   Products and production processes

    <*.   Waste water characteristics

    5.   Applicable treatment methods

It is concluded that six subcategories  are  necessary  to  adequately
subdivide   the   industry  and  that,  owing  to  variable  finishing
requirements,  several  of  these  subcategories  should  be   further
segmented.   The subcategories and the identified further segmentation
are as follows:

    1.   Glass Container Manufacturing

    2.   Machine Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing

    3.   Glass Tubing Manufacturing

         a.   Glass Tubing - Banner process

    4.   Television Picture Tube Envelope Manufacturing
                               51

-------
    5.   Incandescent Lamp Envelope Manufacturing

         a.   Forming
         b.   Frosting

    6.   Hand Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing

         a.   Leaded and Hydrofluoric Acid Finishing
         b.   Non-Leaded and Hydrofluoric Acid Finishing
         c.   Non-Hydrofluoric Acid Finishing

Production methods and waste water  characteristics  are  the  primary
bases   for   subcategorization.    Further   segmentation   within  a
subcategory is necessary  because  of  processing  differences  and/or
because  of variable finishing requirements.  For example, the forming
and  frosting  unit  operations  involved  in  the  incandescent  lamp
envelope  manufacturing subcategory are vastly different both in terms
of  water  usage  and  waste  characteristics.   However,  the   basic
necessity  for  further segmentation is derived from the fact that not
all facilities which produce (form) incandescent lamp  envelopes  will
frost  equal fractions of the formed envelopes.  This necessitates the
use of separate limitations applicable to each of the two  major  unit
operations  in  order that any producer of incandescent lamp envelopes
may be properly characterized.

During the  comment  period  following  the  proposal  of  regulations
pertaining to effluents discharged by plants which make up the pressed
and  blown  glass  segment  of  the  glass  manufacturing point source
category, considerable additional data was submitted  with  regard  to
the  machine  pressed and blown glass manufacturing subcategory.  This
additional data and other information are being studied at the present
time.   Also,  more  information  is  being  gathered  concerning  the
manufacture  of  glass  tubing.  The results of these further analyses
wil1 be  pres ented  at  a  later  date  in  a  supplemental  document.
Available  data  pertaining  to  the  machine  pressed and blown glass
manufacturing subcategory and the glass tubing (Banner)   manufacturing
subcategory  are  presented  in  Section V of this document.  However,
recommended effluent limitations pertaining to the machine pressed and
blown glass manufacturing and the glass  tubing   (other  than  by  the
Danner  process)  manufacturing  subcategories will be included in the
supplemental document.
                              52

-------
Raw Materials

Several types of glass are required in the  pressed  and  blown  glass
industry.   soda-lime  glass  is  used wherever possible, as it is the
least expensive to produce,  Borosilicate glass is required where  the
thermal   coefficient   of   soda-lime   glass  is  not  satisfactory.
Borosilicate  glass  is  used  for  some  machine  pressed  and  blown
products, tubing that is to be made into scientific glassware, and for
some  incandescent  lamp  envelopes.   Lead-alkali  silicate  glass is
required for television picture tube envelopes and for many  types  of
handmade glassware.

Available  data do not show any relationship between raw materials and
waste water characteristics except where  leaded  glass  is  finished,
such  as  in  a  television picture tube or handmade glass plant.  The
soluble and insoluble lead is  discharged  as  a  result  of  cutting,
grinding  and polishing, or hydrofluoric acid treatment.  Because lead
is discharged as a result of finishing operations  and  apparently  is
not  discharged as a result of forming, raw materials do not provide a
significant basis for subcategorization.

Age and Size of Production Facilities

Many pressed and blown glass manufacturing  processes  and  techniques
have  been used since the early part of this century.  Improvements in
automation and water conservation have been made over  the  years  but
because   furnaces  are  rebuilt  every  three  to  six  years,  these
improvements have generally been applied to new and old plants alike.

Waste  water  volume  and  characteristics  expressed  per   unit   of
production  do  not  vary  significantly  with  respect to plant size.
Equipment of the same type and size is generally used  throughout  the
industry  to  manufacture  a  given product.  Plant size or production
output is increased by operating more units in  parallel.   For  these
reasons,  the  age  or size of production facilities provides no basis
for subcategorization.

Products and Production Processes

The pressed and blown  glass  industry  is  readily  categorized  into
distinct products and production processes.  Each product is unique to
a  particular  subcategory.   These  differences in production methods
provide a basis for subcategorization. Glass  container  manufacturing
is characterized by multi-blow forming techniques; machine pressed and
blown glass manufacturing by the automated press or multi-blow forming
techniques;  tubing  manufacturing  by  mandrel  forming  and drawing;
television picture tube envelope manufacturing by funnel  casting  and
                            53

-------
abrasive  and acid polishing; incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing
by ribbon machine forming and frost finishing; and  hand  pressed  and
blown  glass  manufacturing  by  hand blowing and hand pressing and by
numerous finishing steps applied to the glassware.  The typical  plant
production,  expressed as metric tons per day, for these manufacturing
methods also varies significantly.

All of the manufacturing methods except those  employed  for  handmade
glassware  may  be  broadly classified as machine pressing or blowing,
but subcategorization is necessary because of the  distinct  variation
in  manufacturing  methods,  typical production rates, and waste water
characteristics.   The  machine  pressed  and  blown  subcategory   is
intended  to cover the forming of products not covered under the other
subcategories.  This portion of the industry is the subject of further
study at the present time.  Results of this  analysis  and  a  further
analysis  of  the  entire glass tubing industry will be published at a
later date.

Further categorization of the incandescent lamp envelope  manfacturing
subcategory  is  necessary  because not all of the products formed are
finished.  The  percentage  of  incandescent  lamp  envelopes  frosted
varies  from  plant to plant.  Forming waste water characteristics are
influenced by the metric tons pulled from the furnace, while  frosting
waste water characteristics are governed by the metric tons of product
frosted.

Further   categorization   of   the   hand  pressed  and  blown  glass
manufacturing subcategory  is  necessary  to  take  into  account  the
various finishing operations which are applied to the various types of
glass.  Certain plants apply hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques to
either  leaded  or  unleaded  glass  while other plants do not utilize
hydrofluoric acid.  The further categorization is recommended in order
that  effluent  limitations  guidelines  be  applied  only  to   those
parameters  which are consistent with the discharge from an individual
hand pressed and blown glass manufacturing plant.

Waste Water Characteristics

Waste water volumes and characteristics are directly  related  to  the
manufacturing  method  and  the  quantity  and  quality of the product
produced.  Forming waste waters  may  generally  be  characterized  in
terms  of  oil  and suspended solids.  Finishing waste characteristics
are variable and depend upon the finishing technique  employed.   Some
finishing  wastes  contain only suspended solids, while others contain
suspended solids, fluoride, lead, or ammonia.   The  volume  of  waste
                              54

-------
water  expressed  in  terms  of  production is substantially different
within each of the subcategories.  Waste water characteristics form ,ai
basis for subcategorization.

Applicable Treatment Methods

Treatment  methods are essentially the same throughout the pressed and
blown glass segment.  Gravity separation methods are  used  to  remove
oil  from  forming  waste  water;  precipitation  with  lime addition,
followed by  coagulation  and  sedimentation  is  employed  to  remove
fluoride, lead, and suspended solids from finishing wastes.  Treatment
methods  are not a basis for subcategorization because of similarities
of the treatment within the pressed and blown glass segment.
                              55

-------

-------
                             SECTION V

                WATER USE AND WASTE CHARACTERIZATION


Water  is used to some extent in all of the subcategories covered by
this study.  Cooling water is required at all plants.  Water is used
in the glass  container  manufacturing,  machine-pressed  and  blown
glass  manufacturing,  and  glass tubing manufacturing subcategories
for  non-contact  cooling  and  cullet  quenching.   The  television
picture  tube  envelope  manufacturing,  incandescent  lamp envelope
manufacturing,  and  hand  pressed  and  blown  glass  manufacturing
subcategories  use  water for non-contact cooling, cullet quenching,
and also for product rinsing following the various  finishing  steps
specific to each subcategory.

Water  used  in-plant is obtained from various sources including the
city water supply, surface, or ground water.  City water is used  in
almost all cases, except where a plant-owned source is available.

AUXILIARY WASTES

For  the  purpose  of  this  study, non-contact cooling, boiler, and
water treatment waste waters  are  considered  auxiliary  wastes  as
distinguished  from  process  waste  waters.  Process waste water is
defined as water that has come into direct contact with  the  glass,
and  results  from  a  number  of sources involving both forming and
finishing.

Pretreatment requirements depend upon the raw water quality and  the
intended  water use.  Cooling water pretreatment practices may range
from  no  treatment  to  coagulation  -  sedimentation,  filtration,
softening,  or  deionization.   Treatment  is  normally  applied  to
prevent fouling of the cooling system  by  clogging,  corrosion,  or
scaling.   Boiler  water  treatment  depends on boiler requirements.
Treatment normally involves the removal of suspended solids  and  at
least a portion of the dissolved solids.  The waste waters developed
from  pretreatment  systems  are highly variable and depend upon the
characteristics of the water being treated.

Auxiliary waste waters generated by  the  pressed  and  blown  glass
industry  are  similar  to  those throughout industry using the same
cooling, boiler, and water pretreatment systems.   Owing  to  highly
variable volumes and characteristics, auxiliary waste waters are not
included  in  the  effluent limitations and standards of performance
developed for process wastes.  Auxiliary wastes will be studied at a
later date and characterized separately  for  industry  in  general.
The  values  thus  obtained  will  be  added  to the limitations for
process waste  water  to  determine  the  effluent  limitations  and
standards of performance for the total plant.

It  is  general  practice within the pressed and blown glass segment
that both auxiliary and process wastes are discharged  together  and
not  segregated.   The  bulk of the data received pertaining to this
                                57

-------
industry segment applied to the combined process and auxiliary waste
water streams.  For this reason, data presented in this section  and
in  other  sections  of  this  document are carefully referred to as
pertaining  to  combined  non-segregated  waste  water  streams   or
segregated waste water streams, whichever is appropriate.

GLASS CONTAINER MANUFACTURING

Glass  container manufacturing consists of melting raw materials and
then forming the molten glass  using  a  blow-mold  technique.   The
major process steps and points of water usage are shown in Figure 5.
A  detailed  description  of  the  manufacturing process is given in
Section III.

Process Water and Waste Water

Process water is used for cullet quenching and  non-contact  cooling
of  the batch feeders, melting furnaces, forming machines, and other
auxiliary equipment.  At some plants, a small  amount  of  water  is
also  added  to  the  batch  to control dust.  The volume discharged
depends on the quantity of once-through cooling  water  and  on  the
water conservation procedures employed at the glass container plant.
The  typical  flow  is  representative  of  a plant using some once-
through cooling water and practicing reasonable water conservation.

Batch Wetting-

Water is added to the batch for dust suppression at some  plants  in
all  of the subcategories covered by this study, but the practice is
not considered typical for the industry.  When water is added, it is
generally at a rate of about 11.5 I/metric ton  (2.75 gal/ton).

Cooling-

Non-contact cooling water is used to  cool  batch  feeders,  melting
furnaces,  forming  machines,  and  other  auxiliary equipment.  The
typical flow of cooling water is 1380 I/metric  ton  (330  gal/ton).
This  represents  47  percent  of  the  total  flow.   Reported  and
calculated heat rejection rates vary from 361,000 kg-cal/metric  ton
 (1,300,000  BTU/ton)  to  13,900 Jcg-cal/metric ton (50,000 BTU/ton) .
Owing to the wide variation and absence of sufficient information to
explain the differences, it is not possible to define a typical heat
rejection value.  The average  value  is  97,300  kg-cal/metric  ton
 (350,000 BTU/ton).

Cullet Quenching-

Cullet  quench  water  is  required  to dissipate the heat of molten
glass that is intentionally wasted or discharged  during  production
interruptions,  or  to  quench hot pieces which are imperfect.  Some
plants use non-contact  cooling  water  for  the  dual  purposes  of
furnace  and  equipment  cooling  and cullet quenching.  The typical
cullet quench water flow is 1540 I/metric ton  (370  gal/ton)  or  53
percent of the total flow.
                              58

-------
COOLING
 WATER
1380 L/METRIC TON
330 GAL/
     47%
                           RAW MATERIAL STORAGE
                                  MIXING
                            COOLING
                             WATER
            I
                                  MELTING
:OOL!NG
*ATCR        I
                                  FORMING
WASTE
WATER
1540 L/METRC TON
 370 GAL/  TON
       53%
                                 ANNEALING
                                 INSPECTION
                                 PACKAGING
                                  SHIPPING
                                 CONSUMER


                                 FIGURE 5

                       GLASS CONTAINER MANUFACTURING
                                 59

-------
Miscellaneous Wastes-

Repair  and  maintenance  departments are required in all glass con-
tainer plants.  Waste water is produced in the  maintenance  depart-
ments  from  the cleaning of production machinery.  The machinery is
inspected, cleaned, and repaired at specific intervals.  The  clean-
ing  operation  includes  steam  cleaning of large parts and caustic
batch cleaning of items such as molds.  The  waste  water  from  the
maintenance  department  is  of  very  low  volume  and is primarily
occasional rinse water from the cleaning operations.

Several glass container plants have corrugator facilities  to  manu-
facture  boxes.  Wastes developed from the corrugator facilities are
of low volume and include cleanup water  from  the  gluing  and  ink
labeling  equipment,  lubricating  oil,  and  steam condensate.  The
wastes are usually contained  at  the  plant  site  and  treated  or
discharged  to  a  municipal sewer system.  The corrugator box manu-
facturing operation is not covered in the SIC codes under  study  in
this report.

Waste Water Volume and Characteristics

Typical  characteristics  for  the  combined non-contact cooling and
cullet quench waste water streams for a glass  container  plant  are
listed  in  Table 5.  In all cases, except for pH, the values listed
are the quantities added to the water as a result of glass container
manufacturing;  concentrations  in  the  influent  water  have  been
subtracted.   The  significant  parameters  are  oil  and  suspended
solids.  BOD and COD are a result of oil in the waste water; control
of oil therefore controls oxygen demand.

Flow-

The quantity of waste water produced in  the  manufacture  of  glass
containers  is  highly variable.  Flows range from near zero to 6250
I/metric ton  (1500 gal/ton) or from near zero to 2460 cu m/day  (.65
mgd).   Some  plants have indicated no discharge, but are apparently
discharging an unknown quantity of blowdown.  This blowdown  may  be
in  the form of water carried with the cullet and fed to the furnace
during batching.   The  typical  flow  is  2920  I/metric  ton  (700
gal/ton).   The  amount of water usage depends, to a certain extent,
on the raw water source and  age  of  the  plant.   Glass  container
plants  receive  water  from  various  sources including plant-owned
wells, surface water, and municipal water systems.   The  amount  of
water  conservation  and  recirculation  is  considerably greater at
plants that use water from a municipal system.  Plant age is another
factor which may affect water usage.  Newer plants may use  somewhat
less water because of more attention to water conservation.

Biochemical Oxygen Demand-

A  small amount of BOD is added to the waste water as shear spray or
lubricating oil.  Shear spray is an oil-water emulsion used to  cool
and lubricate the shears and the chutes that convey the glass to the
                                  60

-------
                                            TABLE 5

                                      RAW WASTE WATER  (a)
                                 GLASS CONTAINER MANUFACTURING
Flow
Temperature
PH
BOD
COD
Suspended
Solids
Oil
2920
6°C
7.5
0.011*5
0.1H5
0.07
0.03
I/metric ton


kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
700
ll'F

0.029
0.29
O.lU
0.06
gal /ton


lb/ton
lb/ton
lb/ton
lb/ ton



5 mg/1
50 mg/1
2k mg/1
10 mg/1
(a)   Representative  of typical  glass  container manufacturing waste water.
     Absolute value  given for pH,  increase over  plant  influent  level given
     for other parameters.

-------
Z.S.  machine.   Many plants now use a synthetic biodegradable shear
spray to reduce the effects of oil on the receiving stream.   Excess
shear  spray  eventually finds its way into the cullet quench water.
Another potential source of BOD is leakage of lubricating oils  into
the  cooling  water  system.  The typical raw waste water loading is
0.01U5 kg/metric ton (0.029 Ib/ton) of BOD5.

Chemical Oxygen Demand-

The COD is contributed by the  same  sources  that  contribute  BOD,
namely shear spray oil and lubricating oil.  The typical plant waste
water contains 0.1U5 kg/metric ton (0,29 Ib/ton) of COD.

Suspended Solids-

Suspended solids enter the plant waste water as the result of cullet
quenching  and plant cleanup.  The cullet quench water picks up fine
glass  particles;  additional  suspended  solids  are  added  during
cleanup  of  the  I.S. machine area.  A typical plant generates 0.07
kg/metric ton (0.14 Ib/ton) of suspended solids.

Oil-

Oil is added to the plant waste water as shear spray oil and leaking
lubricants.  The typical oil loading is  0.03  kg/metric  ton  (0.06
Ib/ton).

Other Parameters-

Some  information  is  available  on the temperature and pH of glass
container plant waste waters.  The average rise in temperature  over
the plant influent water is 6°C (11°F).  The typical pH of the waste
water is 7.5 and reported values range from 6.5 to 8.6.

Discussion-

Glass   container  plant  operation  is  continuous  (2U  hr/day,  7
day/week);  and,  therefore,  waste  water  flows   are   relatively
constant.   No  significant  variations  in  waste  water  volume or
characteristics occur during plant startup or  shutdown,  and  there
are  no known toxic materials in the waste water.  The melting tanks
must be drained  every  three  to  five  years  for  rebuilding  and
excessive  quantities of cullet quench water are produced for one or
two  days  during  this  period.   in  larger  plants  with  several
furnaces,  this  discharge may occur several times a year.  The very
limited  data  available  indicate  that  temperature  is  the  only
significant  parameter  and  that  receiving  stream  standards  may
necessitate cooling of the quench water in some cases.

MACHINE PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING

Machine pressed and blown glass manufacturing  consists  of  melting
raw  materials  and  then  forming the molten glass using presses or
other  techniques  to  manufacture  tableware,  lenses,  reflectors,
                                62

-------
sealed headlamp glass parts, and other products not covered  in  the
other  subcategories.   The  major process steps and points or water
usage are listed in Figure 6.  The manufacturing of machine  pressed
and blown products is more fully explained in Section III.

Process Water and Waste Water

Water  is  used  in  the  manufacturing of machine pressed and blown
products primarily for non-contact  cooling  and  cullet  quenching.
Gullet  quenching is the cooling of molten glass or hot rejects with
water.  Some plants use a portion of the non-contact  cooling  water
for cullet quenching.  Water may also be added to the batch for dust
suppression  and  an  oil-water emulsion is used for shear spraying.
The following discussion of water usage is based upon a  summary  of
data  gathered  prior to proposal of regulations for the pressed and
blown glass segment  of  the  glass  manufacturing  category.   More
information  has  been  received  and  is being gathered for further
analysis.  The  results  of  this  study  will  be  presented  in  a
supplemental document at a later date.

Cooling-

Non-contact cooling water is required to cool batch feeders, melting
furnaces,  presses, and other auxiliary equipment.  The typical flow
of non-contact cooling water, based on all data  received  prior  to
publication  of  the  proposed  regulations for this subcategory, is
2710  I/metric ton  (650 gal/ton).  Non-contact cooling water  amounts
to  48 percent of the combined flow from this subcategory.  Although
no heat-rejection data is available for machine  pressed  and  blown
glass  plants,  it  is expected that heat rejection requirements are
similar to those of glass container plants,

Cullet Quenching-

Quench water is required at  all  machine  pressed  and  blown  glass
plants  to  cool intentionally wasted molten glass during production
interruptions and to quench  hot pieces that are wasted  or  rejected
because of imperfections.  The configuration of equipment is similar
to  a glass  container  plant.   Quench  water  and waste glass are
discharged into chutes and  flow to a cart  located  in  the  furnace
basement.   Excess quench water overflows the cart and  is discharged
to the sewer.  The typical  quantity of water used for cullet quench-
ing,  based on all data received prior to publication of the proposed
regulations  for  this  subcategory,  is  2920  I/metric  ton    (700
gal/ton).  This accounts for 52 percent of the total flow.
                               63

-------
                            RAW MATERIAL STORAGE
                                   MIXING
                       COOLING
                       WATER
 COOLING
 WATER
27W L/MCTMC TON
650 GAL/ TON
                                  MELTING
  GULLET
  QUENCH
                                  FORMING
T
.WASTE
 WATER
 2920 L/METRIC TON
 700 GAL/ TON
    52%
                                                    GULLET
                                 ANNEALING
                                 INSPECTION
                                                     DECORATION
                                                     ANNEALING
                                                      INSPECTION
                                 PACKAGING
                                  SHIPPING
                                 CONSUMER



                                 FIGURE 6

       MACHINE  PRESSED AND BLOWN  GLASS  MANUFACTURING
                                   64

-------
Miscellaneous Waste Water Sources—

Some machine pressed and blown glass plants have small plating shops
where molds are periodically cleaned and chrome-plated.  Low volumes
of  rinse  waters  are  periodically  discharged, but no evidence of
chromium contamination was found in the data collected  during  this
study.   Chromium  discharges  should  be  regulated by the effluent
limitations developed for plating wastes (17, 25) .

Finishing may be employed at some machine pressed  and  blown  glass
plants, but most of the finishing techniques produce no waste water,
The great majority of the finishing steps can be classified as deco-
rating  and  involve  painting  or  coating and re-annealing.  Other
finishing steps may produce small quantities  of  waste  water,  but
these  are  not covered in this study.  It is recommended that where
treatment is required, the technology developed for hand pressed and
blown glass finishing be applied.

Waste Water Volume and Characteristics

Typical characterisits  of  the  combined  non-contact  cooling  and
cullet quench waste water streams, based on all information received
prior   to   publication   of  the  proposed  regulations  for  this
subcategory, are listed in Table 6.  In all cases,  except  for  pH,
the  values listed are the quantities added to the water as a result
of the manufacture of machine  pressed  and  blown  glass  products.
Background   concentrations   in   the   influent  water  have  been
subtracted.   Oil  and  suspended   solids   are   the   significant
parameters.  The COD is contributed by the oil.

Flow-

A variable volume of water is used during the manufacture of machine
pressed  and  blown  glass  products.   Flows  ranging from 2,210 to
27,500 I/metric ton  (530 to 6,600 gal/ton) or 87 to 2,650  cu  m/day
 (0,023  to  0.7  mgd)  were indicated.  The typical combined flow of
non-contact cooling water and cullet  quench  water,  based  on  all
information   received   prior   to   publication  of  the  proposed
regulations for this subcategory, is  5,630  I/  metric  ton   (1,350
gal/ton).   The  variation  in  water usage depends on the amount of
once-through  non-contact  cooling  used  and  also  on  the   water
conservation  practiced  at  the  various  machine pressed and blown
glass plants.  Cullet quench water and non-contact cooling water are
generally combined prior to discharge.
                               65

-------
                                            TABLE 6

                                      RAW WASTE WATER (a)
                         MACHINE PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING
Flow
Temperature
pH
BOD
COD
Suspended
Solids
Oil
5630
10°C
7.8
0.028
0.28
O.lU
0.056
1 /metric ton


kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
1350
18°F

0.056
0,56
0.28
0.11
gal /ton


It/ton
Ib/ton
It/ton
It/ton



5 mg/1
50 mg/1
25 mg/1
10 mg/1
(a)   Representative of typical machine  pressed and "blown glass manufacturing
     waste water.   Absolute value given for pH, increase over plant influent
     level given for other parameters.

-------
COD-

The typical COD added to the waste water, based on  all  information
submitted  prior to publication of the proposed regulations for this
subcategory, is 0.28 kg/metric ton (0.56 Ib/ton).  The  COD  results
primarily from shear spray and lubricating oil leaks.

Suspended Solids-

The  suspended  solids  are  fine  glass  particles picked up by the
cullet quench water.  The typical suspended solids loading, based on
all information submitted  prior  to  publication  of  the  proposed
regulations  for  this  subcategory,  is  0.1U  kg/metric  ton  (0.28
Ib/ton).

Oil-

Oil is added to the waste water as shear spray and lubricating  oil.
Water-soluble oil is used to lubricate the gob shear cutters and the
glass  gob  chute.  The shear spray oil flows from the gob chute and
enters the cullet quench water.   Lubricating  oil  leaks  may  also
contaminate  the cooling water and cullet quench water.  The typical
quantity of oil discharged, based on all information submitted prior
to publication of the proposed regulations for this subcategory,  is
0.056 kg/metric ton  (0.11 Ib/ton).

Other Parameters-

Some information is also available on BOD, pH, and temperature.  The
typical  pH  is 7.8 and the typical temperature rise is 10°C (18°F).
The temperature increase resulting from cullet  quenching  alone  is
not known.  This data appears in Table 6.

Discussion-

Machine  pressed  and blown glassware plants are operated on various
schedules, some continuously, while others operate for an 8  hr/dayf
5  day/week.  Continuous operation is desirable because furnace heat
must be maintained.  Some  glass  must  be  wasted  during  the  off
periods   to  maintain  the  flow  of  glass  through  the  furnace;
therefore, cullet quench water is always required.   No  sifnificatn
variations in waste"volume or characteristics are experienced during
plant  start-up  or shutdown, and there are no known toxic materials
in process waste water resulting from  the  manufacture  of  machine
pressed and blown glassware.  Excessive quench water volumes will be
produced  when  a  tank is drained for rebuilding or for a change in
the composition in this waste water source.
                            67

-------
GLASS TUBING  (DANNER) MANUFACTURING

The manufacture of glass tubing consists of  melting  raw  materials
and  forming the molten glass on a rotating mandrel or other forming
device.  The partially formed tubing is then drawn into lengths  and
cut  by  scribing  or  by themal shock.  The major process steps and
points of water usage are illustrated in Figure 7.  The glass tubing
manufacturing process is more fully explained in Section  III.   The
following  discussion pertains to the manufacture of glass tubing by
the Banner process which involves the melting of raw materials in  a
furnace  and  the  mechanical drawing of the tubing from the furnace
horizontally.  As defined  in  this  document,  the  Danrier  process
requires  intermittent  rather  than continuous quenching of cullet.
The ramainder of the glass tubing industry is being studied  at  the
present  time.   Other  processes  such  as  the  Velio  and  Updraw
processes and the production of tubing suitable for the  manufacture
of  scientific  glassware  are being studied in further detail.  The
results of  this  analysis  will  be  published  in  a  supplemental
document at a later date.

Process Water and Waste Water

The  only process water used in the manufacturing of glass tubing by
the Danner process is for cullet  quenching.   Cullet  quenching  is
infrequent compared with that amount common to the other pressed and
blown  glass  manufacturing  subcategories  and  is done only when a
break or disruption occurs in  the  drawing  process.   During  this
period,  glass  is  wasted  at the same rate that tubing is drawn so
that a constant flow through the furnace is maintained.

Cooling-

Cooling water is primarily used for non-contact cooling  of  furnace
walls  and  mandrel  transmissions.  The typical flow of non-contact
cooling water is 7920 I/metric ton  (1900 gal/ton) and  accounts  for
about 95 percent of total plant water usage.

Cullet Quenching-

Cullet  quenching  is  required  only  when there is a break or dis-
ruption in the drawing process.  During  a  stoppage,  molten  glass
continues  to  run over the mandrel or forming device, but is formed
into a ribbon by two rollers that are cooled by a  spray  of  water.
The cullet ribbon and quench water drop to a segregated storage area
in  the  melting  tank  basement.  The quenching system is activated
only when required.  The typical  flow  is  *20  I/metric  ton   (100
gal/ton) and  accounts for five percent of the total typical flow.
                             68

-------
 COOLING
 WATER
 7920 L/METRIC" TON
1900 GAL/
                            RAW MATERIAL STORAGE
                                    MIXING
                           COOLING
                           WATER
           1
                                   MELTING
COOLING
WATER
                                   FORMING
                                                       WATER
                       GULLET
                      QUENCH
                                                     GULLET
WASTE
  TEH
420 L/METRIC TON
100 GAL/ TON
       1%
                                    CUTTING
                                     I
                                  PACKAGING
                                     i
                                   SHIPPING
                                 FINAL ASSEMBLY



                                  FIGURE 7

                      GLASS  TUBING MANUFACTURING
                                      69

-------
Waste Hater Volume and Characteristics

Some typical characteristics of the combined non-contact cooling and
cullet quench waste waters resulting from glass tubing manufacturing
by  the  Danner process are listed in Table 7.  In all cases, except
for pH, the values listed are the quantities added to the water as a
result of the manufacturing process.  Background levels in  the  in-
fluent water have been subtracted.  Oil and suspended solids are the
significant waste water parameters.  COD is contributed by the oil.

Flow-

In  most  plants,  non-contact cooling water and cullet quench water
streams are discharged as a combined waste stream.  Flows range from
3,340 I/metric ton   (800  gal/ton)  to  9,910  I/metric  ton  (2,380
gal/ton).   The  typical flow is 8,340 I/metric ton  (2,000 gal/ton).
The high flow is due to the use of once-through non-contact  cooling
water.

COD-

Chemical  oxygen  demand  results from oil contamination of the non-
contact cooling water.  The typical COD is 0.08 kg/metric ton   (0.16
Ib/ton).   This  corresponds  to  a  concentration of 10 mg/1 at the
typical flow and is not considered significant.

Suspended Solids-

Suspended  solids  are  added  to  the  waste  water  during  cullet
quenching.   Fine glass and miscellaneous solid particles are picked
up in the quench tank and discharge trenches leading to  the  sewer.
The  typical  suspended  solids loading is 0.225 kg/metric ton  (0,45
Ib/ton),

Qil-

The typical oil loading is 0.085 kg/metric ton (0.17  Ib/ton).   Oil
enters  the  waste  stream  from  lubricating  oil leaks in the non-
contact cooling water system.  The  manufacturing  methods  used  to
form  glass  tubing  do  not  require shears and, therefore, the oil
associated with shear spraying is not a factor in this system.

Other Parameters-

Some additional information is available on the temperature  and  pH
of  glass  tubing   (Danner)  manufacturing  waste waters.  The waste
water temperature increase due to the manufacture of glass tubing by
the Danner process is U.5°C.
                                70

-------
                                         TABLE 7

                                   RAW WASTE WATER (a)
                           GLASS TUBING (BANNER) MANUFACTURING
Flow
Temperature
pH
COD
Suspended
Solids
Oil
8340
4.5°C
7.9
0.08
0.225
0.085
I/metric ton


kg /me trie ton
kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
2000
8°F

0.16
0.45
0.17
gal /ton


Ib/ton
Ib/ton
Ib/ton



10 mg/1
27 mg/1
10 mg/1
(a)   Representative of typical glass tubing (Banner)  manufacturing waste waters.
     Absolute value given for pH;  increase over plant influent level
     given for other parameters.

-------
 (8°F).   The waste water pH is 7.9 and is in the acceptable range of
six to nine.

Discussion-

No significant variations in waste water volume  or  characteristics
are  experienced during plant start-up or shutdown, and there are no
known toxic materials in the waste water resulting from glass tubing
manufacturing.  As with all continuous  furnaces,  periodic  furnace
drainage  requires  large  volumes  of cullet quench water; however,
temperature is the only significant pollutant  parameter  associated
with this waste water source.

TELEVISION PICTURE TUBE ENVELOPE MANUFACTURING

Television  picture  tube envelope manufacturing consists of melting
the raw materials, forming the screen and  funnel  sections,  adding
the components necessary for the final assembly of the picture tube,
and  polishing  the necessary screen and funnel surfaces.  The major
process steps and points of water usage are illustrated in Figure 8.
A detailed description of the  manufacturing  process  is  given  in
Section III.

Process Water and Haste Water

Water  is used in television picture tube manufacturing for cooling,
quenching, abrasive polishing, edge grinding, and acid polishing.

Cooling Hater and Cullet Quenching-

Non-contact cooling water is required in the forming section of  the
plant for the batch feeders, furnaces, presses, annealing lehrs, and
other  auxiliary  equipment  such  as  compressors and pumps.  Once-
through systems are used in all of the plants that  submitted  data.
In  most  cases,  a  portion  of the water discharged from the above
sources is  used  as  quench  water  to  cool  molten  glass  during
manufacturing  interruptions  or to quench defective pieces from the
forming operations.  In at least one plant, cooling water is  recir-
culated as rinse water later in the manufacturing process.

The  typical flow for both the non-contact cooling and cullet quench
water streams is 4040 I/metric ton  (970  gal/ton).   Each  of  these
sources accounts for 32.5 percent of the total plant flow.  Reported
flows  for  the  combined forming waste water stream range from 7230
I/metric ton  (1740 gal/ton) to 24,600  I/metric ton   ( 5910  gal/ton) .
The   typical   flow   for   a  plant  practicing  reasonable  water
conservation is 8080 I/metric ton  (1940 gal/short ton) and  accounts
for approximately 65 percent of total water usage.

Abrasive Polishing-

The  funnel portion of the picture tube is abrasively polished using
a diamond wheel machine with an  oil  lubricated  grinding  surface.
After grinding, the funnel is rinsed with water.
                                  72

-------
                    RAW  WATIRUL STORAGE
                           MIXING
                    COOUNQ
                    WATER




COOUNB1 COOLWG
HI 1 „
rratirm •> CUL<-^T \A
W QU*MCH f^
isCJEGtft CULLETT


PIN MOUNTING 4°4° L/METRIC TON

32.i%




1
i
^"1
CAM-MB •— i

fMlfL* X
»

STEM PLACEMENT


ANODE INSTALLATION
1


fc^ COOLINO
t 4040 L/METRC TON
970 GAL/ TQN
32.5%










                         ANNEALING
        SCREENS
                          INSPECTION
                                          POMMELS
 WATER
                      w  «*•«
   AMASIVE POUMMG |—f>-  WATER
                      20*) L/METRC TON
WATER      I           500 GAL/ TON
                                                     WATER
                                           OH. POLMH
      EDOE
      ACK) POUEMMG
                      2340 U/METWC TON
                      560 GAL/- TON
                                                     WATER
                                          ACB POLISHING
                          INSPECTION
                        FINAL
                         FIGURE 8

TELEVISION PICTURE TUBE  ENVELOPE  MANUFACTURING
                              73

-------
The  outer  face  of  the  picture  tube  screen  is also abrasively
polished.  The screen face plate is polished in a step process using
garnet, pumice, and rouge; all of the grinding compounds are in  the
form  of  a  slurry.   Between grindings with the various compounds,
each screen is rinsed with water.  The grinding compound  slurry  is
recycled and only the blowdown from the slurry system is discharged.
After  the  face  has been ground, the connecting edge is ground and
then beveled.  The typical flow of  abrasive  waste  water  is  2080
I/metric ton (500 gal/ton) and is 17 percent of the total flow.

Edge Grinding and Acid Polishing-

Following  abrasive  polishing and beveling, the connecting edges of
both the funnel and screen are  acid  polished  or  fortified.   The
funnel   is   dipped   into  a  combination  of  sulfuric  acid  and
hydrofluoric acid.  The two sections are then rinsed with  water  to
remove  the  residual  acid.  Constant overflow-type rinse tanks are
generally used.  The acid polishing step removes irregularities from
the joining surfaces and allows a perfect seal when the  screen  and
funnel  are  joined.   Fume  scrubbers  are  required  in  the  acid
polishing area and contribute significant amounts of fluoride to the
waste water.  The combined typical waste water flow for  funnel  and
screen  acid  polishing  is  2340  I/metric  ton (560 gal/ton) or 18
percent of the total flow.

Waste Water Volume and Characteristics

Typical characteristics for the combined non-contact cooling, cullet
quenching, abrasive,and acid polishing waste waters  resulting  from
television  picture  tube envelope manufacturing are listed in Table
8.  In  all  cases,  except  for  pH,  the  values  listed  are  the
quantities   added  to  the  water  as  a  result  of  the  process.
Background levels in the influent water have been  subtracted.   The
significant  parameters are suspended solids, oil, dissolved solids,
fluoride, and lead.

Flow-

Total waste water flows, including non-contact cooling water,  range
from 11,100 to  24,600 I/metric ton  (2670 to 5910 gal/ton) or 1590 to
4620  cu  in/day   {0.42  to  1.22   mgd) .   The typical flow is 12,500
I/metric ton (3000 gal/ton).  The variation  in  flow  rate  depends
primarily upon the amount of water used for once-through cooling.

Suspended Solids-

Suspended  solids  are added to the waste water in the form of glass
particles and grinding slurry solids from edge grinding and abrasive
polishing.  Typical plant waste water  contains  4.2  kg/metric  ton
(8.4 Ib/ton) of suspended solids.
                                74

-------
                                     TABLE 8
                               RAW WASTE WATER (a)
                     TV PICTURE TUBE ENVELOPE MANUFACTURING
Temperature (b)

pH

COD

Suspended Solids

Dissolved Solids

Oil

Fluoride

Lead
12,500 I/metric ton

        14°C

        6-2

0.^35 kg/metric ton

  *U 2 kg/metric ton

 3,25 kg/metric ton

0.125 kg/metric ton

  1.8 kg/metric ton

0.385 kg/metric ton
3000 gal/ ton

         25°F



0.87 It /ton

 8.1* It/ton

         ton

0.25 IV ton

 3.6 It/ton

0.77 It/ton
 35 mg/1

335 mg/1

260 mg/1

 10 mg/1

1^3 mg/1

 30 mg/1
Ca)  Represents typical TV picture tube envelope manufacturing process waste water
     prior to treatment..  Absolute value given for pH; increase over plant influent
     level given for otner parameters.

Cb)  Indication of approximate level only; insufficient data are available to
     define typical value.

-------
Dissolved Solids-

Dissolved solids are contributed to the waste water stream from acid
polishing  and  abrasive  polishing.   The  typical  loading is 3.25
kg/metric ton (6.5 Ib/ton)  of dissolved solids.


Fluoride*

Fluoride is contributed by the rinse waters following  acid  polish-
ing,  fume  scrubbing,  and the periodic dumping of the concentrated
acid.  Hydrofluoric acid is used to polish the  edges  of  both  the
screen  and  funnel  portions  of  the  picture  tube envelope.  The
typical loading is 1.8 kg/metric ton (3.6 Ib/ton) of fluoride.

Lead-

Lead results from both abrasive and acid polishing.  It is not clear
if the lead in the abrasive waste stream is truly  dissolved  or  in
the  form of colloidal particles, but standard analytical procedures
show a significant concentration.  Lead in the acid waste is assumed
to result from the dissolution of the glass.  The  typical  quantity
of  lead  added  to  the  waste  water  is 0.385 kg/metric ton (0.77
Ib/ton).

Oil-

Oil is added to the waste water as shear  spray  drippage  into  the
quench water during forming operations, as lubrication leaks, and as
funnel  rinse water.  The typical oil loading is 0.125 kg/metric ton
(0.25 Ib/ton) .

Other Parameters-

Some information is also available on temperature, pH, and COD,  The
typical increase in COD is 0.435 kg/metric ton  (0.87  Ib/ton).   The
low   organic  content  indicated  by  the  COD  is  not  considered
significant.  Owing to the segregation of the various waste streams,
a typical value for the pH of the  combined  waste  streams  from  a
picture tube envelope plant is not available.  Typical pH values for
the  various  process  streams  are  acid  polishing,  3.0; abrasive
polishing,  9.5;  cooling  and  quenching,  7.6.   The  cooling  and
quenching  water  contributes 65 percent of the combined plant flow.
Owing to this high flow, it is estimated that the raw waste water pH
should be in the range of six to nine.

Discussion-*-

Television picture  tube  envelope  manufacturing  plants  generally
operate  continuously   and no significant variations in waste water
volume or characteristics are experienced during plant  start-up  or
shutdown.   An • additional source of waste water from a picture tube
envelope plant may be chrome plating waste water resulting from mold
repair.  This is a very  low  volume  waste  and  is  usually  batch
treated  at  the  plant  or  trucked  from  the  plant for disposal.
Available data indicate no chromium is added  to  the  waste  water.
                                76

-------
Where  Applicable,  the  effluent  limitations developed for plating
wastes should be used (17, 25}.

INCANDESCENT LAMP ENVELOPE MANUFACTURING

Incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing  consists  of  melting  raw
materials  and  forming  the  molten glass with ribbon machines into
clear incandescent lamp envelopes.  Many of the clear envelopes  are
then frosted or etched with a hydrofluoric acid solution.  The major
process steps and points of water usage are listed in Figure 9.  The
incandescent  lamp  envelope  manufacturing  process  is  more fully
explained in Section III.

Process Water and Waste Water

Process water is used in  the  manufacturing  of  incandescent  lamp
envelopes  for  cullet quenching and for rinsing frosted bulbs.  The
frosting waste water stream is the major source  of  pollutants  and
contains  high  concentrations of both fluoride and ammonia.  Cullet
quench water is required to cool the  wasted  molten  glass  and  to
quench imperfect lamp envelopes.  Quenching practices are similar to
those of other pressed and blown glass plants.

Cullet Quenching-

Non-contact  cooling  water  from  batch  feeders, melting furnaces,
ribbon machines, and other auxiliary equipment is used as  a  source
of  quench  water.   Additional  waste  water  is contributed by the
emulsified oil solution  that  is  sprayed  on  the  ribbon  machine
blowpipes  and  bulb  molds.   The excess of this oil-water emulsion
flows to the cullet quenching area and is discharged with the quench
water,  cullet quenching contributes approximately 53 percent of the
total waste water flow in the typical plant.

Frosting-

Frosting imparts an etched surface inside  the  lamp  envelope  that
improves  the  light  diffusing capabilities of the light bulb.  The
frosting solution contains hydrofluoric  acid,  fluoride  compounds,
ammonia,  and  other constituents, but the exact formulation is pro-
prietary.  The percentages of lamp  envelopes  frosted  at  a  given
plant range from 40 to 100 percent..

In the frosting operations, the solution is sprayed on the inside of
the  bulb  and  then removed by several countercurrent water rinses.
High fluoride and ammonia concentrations in the rinse  water  result
from  frosting  solution carry-over.  Fume scrubbers are required in
the frosting area and contribute significant amounts of fluoride and
ammonia to the frosting waste water.  Frosting waste water  accounts
for  approximately  47 percent of the total flow in a plant where 100
percent of the envelopes are frosted.
                                77

-------
              RAW  MATERIAL  STORAGE
                      MIXING
              COOLING
              WATER
I
                     MELTING
             COOLING
             WATER
                            COOLING     WATER
                            WATER
                                   GULLET
                                  QUENCH
                  BULB BLOWING
                 {RIBBON MACHINE)
                      i
                                      GULLET
                           WASTE
                           'WATER
                           4500 L/METRIC TON
                           1080 GAL/ TON
                                53 %
                   ANNEALING
                                              WATER
                                 ETCHING PROCESS
                                   (FROSTING)
                                 WASTE
                                * WATER
                                _3960 L/METRIC TON
                                950 GAL' TON
                                      47%
                 FINAL ASSEMBLY



                   FIGURE  9

INCANDESCENT  LAMP GLASS  MANUFACTURING
                          78

-------
Waste Hater Volume and Characteristics

Gullet quenching waste water and frosting waste water from an incan-
descent lamp envelope manufacturing plant  must  be  classified  and
characterized  separately  because  the  percentage of bulbs frosted
varies from plant to  plant.   The  discharge  from  each  of  these
sources  must  be added to obtain the total plant discharge.  Gullet
quenching waste water is characterized by low concentrations of oil,
suspended solids, and COD, while the frosting  waste  contains  high
concentrations of fluoride and ammonia.  Typical waste water volumes
and characteristics are summarized in Table 9.

Flow-

The  typical  cullet quenching waste water flow is 4500 I/metric ton
(1080 gal/ton) and the typical frosting waste  water  flow  is  3960
I/metric ton frosted  ( 950 gal/ton frosted).  The flow is variable in
accordance  with  water  conservation  practices and the quantity of
once-through cooling water used.  Reported  combined  quenching  and
frosting waste water flows range from 5420 I/metric ton pulled  (1300
gal/ton pulled) to 83UO I/metric ton pulled  (2000 gal/ton pulled) or
570 to 1670  cu m/day  (0.15 to 0.44 mgd) .

Suspended Solids-

Suspended  solids  are generated by cullet quenching and by frosting
of lamp envelopes.  Fine glass particles  are  discharged  with  the
cullet  quench  water  and  a significant concentration of suspended
solids is contributed by the  frosting  rinse  water.   The  typical
suspended  solids produced by cullet quenching is 0.11 kg/metric ton
(0.23 Ib/ton) and by frosting is 0.40  kg/metric  ton  frosted   (0.79
Ib/ton frosted).

Oil-

Oil  is  contained  in significant concentrations only in the cullet
quench water and results from the residual emulsified  oil  used  to
spray  the  ribbon  machine blowtips and from lubricating oil leaks.
The typical loading is 0.11 kg/metric ton  (0.23 Ib/ton).

Fluoride-

Fluoride is contributed to the waste water by the frosting  solution
carry-over  and  the  discharge  of fume scrubbing equipment.  Spent
frosting solution is usually regenerated and reused or  disposed  of
separately  and  is  not  discharged to the waste water stream.  The
typical  fluoride  content  of  the  frosting  waste  water  is  11.1
kg/metric ton  (22.2 Ib/ton) .


Ammonia-

Ammonia  is  added  to the plant waste water as a result of frosting
solution carry-over and the discharge from fume scrubbing equipment.
                                 79

-------
                                                TABLE 9

                                          RAW WASTE WATER (a)
                                INCANDESCENT LAMP ENVELOPE MANUFACTURING
                                            Gullet Quenching
       Flow
       Temperature
       PH
       COD
       Suspended
         Solids
       Oil
4500
   8°C
 8.6
 0.11

 0.11
 0.11
I/metric ton
kg/metric ton

kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
1080    gal/ton
  14°F

 0.23   Ib/ton
 0.23
 0.23
Ib/ton
Ib/ton
  25 mg/1

  25 mg/1
  25 mg/1
oo
o
       Flow
       Temperature
       PH
       COD
       Suspended
         Solids
       Fluoride
       Ammonia
3960
 38°C
 3.0
 0.099

 0.40
11.1
 2.6
            Frosting

 I/metric ton


kg/metric ton

kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
 950    gal/ton
 100 °F

 0.20   Ib/ton
 0.79
22.2
 5.1
Ib/ton
Ib/ton
Ib/ton
  25 mg/1

 100 mg/1
2800 mg/1
 650 mg/1
       (a)  Representative of typical incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing waste water.  Absolute
            value given for pH and frosting temperature; increase over plant influent level given
            for other parameters.

-------
Ammonia is one of the major constituents of  the  frosting  solution
and  is  apparently  necessary  in  order to get the desired frosted
effect.  A considerable amount of ammonia vapors are  picked  up  by
the  frosting  area  fume  scrubber and then discharged to the waste
water flow.   The  typical  discharge  is  2.6  kg/metric  ton  ( 5.1
Ib/ton).

Other Parameters-

Some  information  pertaining  to  COD,  pH, and temperature is also
included in Table 9.  The typical  COD  concentration  in  both  the
cullet  quench  and frosting waste water streams is only 25 mg/1 and
is not considered  significant.   The  temperature  increase  during
cullet  quenching  is similar to that obtained in the other subcate-
gories.  Frosting  rinse  water  is  heated  and  the  38°c   (100°F)
discharge temperature remains fairly constant.

Discussion-

Lamp  glass  envelope  plants  usually  operate  24  hrs/day  and  5
days/week.  Clear bulb production is continuous throughout the week.
The frosting operation is intermittent and is  related  to  consumer
demand.   No  significant  variations  in  the waste water volume or
characteristics of  cullet  quench  or  frosting  waste  waters  are
experienced during plant start-up or shutdown.  Fluoride and ammonia
nitrogen  discharged  at the concentrations typical of the raw waste
water are toxic and should be reduced.  The furnaces are drained every
3 to 5 years for rebuilding  and  require  excessive  cullet  quench
water during the draining period.

HAND PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING

Hand  pressed  and blown glass manufacturing consists of melting raw
materials and forming the molten glass with hand presses or by  hand
blowing  to  make  high  quality stemware, tableware, and decorative
glass products.  The major process steps and points of  water  usage
are  listed in Figure 10.  The hand pressed and blown glass manufac-
turing process is more  fully  explained  in  Section  III  of  this
report.

Process Water and Haste Water

Process water and waste water are used almost entirely for finishing
in the hand pressed and blown glass industry.  Negligible quantities
of  water  are  used  for  forming; non-contact cooling water is not
required.  There are at least eight  finishing  steps  that  may  be
employed  in  the  handmade  industry.   Some  plants employ several
finishing steps while others use only one or two.   Finishing  steps
that  require  water and produce waste water include:  crack-off and
polishing, grinding and polishing, machine cutting, alkali  washing,
acid  polishing and acid etching.  Several handmade plants also have
machine presses.  Waste waters resulting from  machine  forming  are
covered  in  the machine pressed and blown subcategory.  Some of the
                                 81

-------
                             RAW  MATERIAL STORAGE
                                    MIXING
                    WATER
                                   MELTING
                                   FORMING
                                           MUTE
                                           WATER
                                           (NEGLIGIBLE VOLUME)
                                  ANNEALING
 GLAZING
ANNEALING
                    WATER
DECORATMQ
                               WATER
                                         WATER
                                                     CRACK-OFF
                                                            „ WATTE
                                                             WATER
                                                             9920 L/METRIC TON
                                                             2380 GALA. TQN
                                   WASHING
GRINDING
POLISHING
                            WASTE
WATER
 TON
 TON
                            WASTE WATBI
                            4795 L/M TON
                            1150 Gf TON
                                                      WATER
CUTTING
                                           WATBI
 ACID
POLISH
WASTE
                                       	WATER <
                                       10880 L/M TON
                                       2610 G/ TON
                                                          ETCHING
WASTI
                                           E WATER
                                       5380 UM TON
                                       1290G/  ~
               WASTE
                                 WATER
                               L/METRJC TON
                                 INSPECTION
                                  PACKAGING
                                   SHIPPING
                                   CONSUMER
                                 FIGURE 10


         HAND PRESSED AND  BLOWN GLASS  MANUFACTURING
                                     82

-------
machine pressed products are  finished  using  the  methods  covered
under this subcategory.

Data  on  waste  water  volumes  and  characteristics  from the hand
pressed and blown glass industry are almost nonexistent.  Almost all
of the data presented in  this  report  were  collected  during  the
sampling program.

Forming-

A  negligible  amount  of  water  is  required for quenching and for
partial cooling of the glass during some types  of  forming.   Small
water-filled  tanks  are  used at some plants to collect waste glass
and rejects.  Wheelbarrows with  no  water  may  be  used  at  other
plants.   Some  types  of  glassware  are  blown in a mold partially
submerged  in  water.   Small  tanks,  approximately  19  liters   (5
gallons)  in size, are used.  The quench tanks and forming tanks are
drained periodically.

Crack-Off-

Crack-off is required to remove excess glass left over from the hand
blowing of stemware.  Crack-off can be done either  manually  or  by
machine.   The  top  portion of the stemware is scribed, the scribed
surface heated, the excess glass removed, and the cut edge ground on
a carborundum or other type abrasive surface.  The grinding  surface
is sprayed by a continuous stream of water for cooling and to remove
grinding  residue.   Grinding  may  be followed by acid polishing to
remove the  scratches  and  is  considered  part  of  the  crack-off
operation  in  this  presentation.  Polishing is accomplished by two
hydrofluoric acid rinses followed by two water rinses.  The combined
cutoff and acid polishing waste water  flow  is  9920  I/metric  ton
 (2380 gal/ton).

Grinding and Polishing-

Abrasive  grinding  and polishing  are  common finishing stepsand may
be used to repair imperfect glassware.  Water is required for  cool-
ing  and  lubrication  when grinding wheel stones and belt polishers
are  used.   Abrasive  polishing  may  also  be  used  and  involves
mechanical brushing with an abrasive slurry.  The residual slurry is
removed  in  a  booth or wash sink.  The grinding and polishing flow
rates observed were 3460 I/metric ton  (830 gal/ton).

Cutting-

Designs may be cut into tableware or stemware.   Water  is  required
for lubrication and cooling of the cutting surface and to flush away
glass  particles.   The  observed  flow  from  the  machine  cutting
operation was 10,880 I/metric ton  (2610 gal/ton).
                                  83

-------
Acid Polishing-

Acid polishing is another finishing operation that may be applied to
handmade glassware.  This improves the appearance of  the  glassware
and  removes  rough  edges.  The glassware is dipped in hydrofluoric
acid and then rinsed with water.  The type  of  equipment  used  for
acid polishing ranges from highly automated equipment to hand-dipped
tubs  and,  consequently,  the required volume of water varies.  The
observed acid polishing flow for a  plant  utilizing  countercurrent
rinsing was 5380 I/metric ton (1290 gal/ton),

Acid Etchina-

Designs  are  etched  onto some stemware.  A pattern is stenciled on
tissue paper using a proprietary mixture.  The tissue is  placed  on
the  glass  and then removed to leave the pattern.  All parts of the
ware, except for the pattern, are then coated with  a  wax  mixture.
At  this point the glassware is ready for etching.  Etching involves
a number of  steps  including  dipping  in  the  etching  solutions,
rinsing,  wax removal, additional rinsing, treatment with a cleaning
solution, rinsing, nitric acid treatment to remove  spots  from  the
acid  carry-over,  and  final rinsing.  The waste waters result from
the various rinsing steps.  The acid and cleaning solution tanks are
not drained.  The observed flow from this type of system  is  36,500
I/metric ton (8760 gal/ton).

Alkali Washing-

Final  washing,  prior  to  packing and shipment may be required for
some products.  An acid-alkali cleaning  system  is  used  for  this
purpose  in  at least one plant.  The glassware first passes through
an acid wash and then an alkali rinse followed by several hot  water
rinses.   The  flow  from  this  unit  is  4795  I/metric  ton  (1150
gal/ton).

Mi seellaneous Finishing-

Finishing steps that  do  not  involve  water  or  waste  water  are
employed at many handmade glass plants and are generally referred to
as glazing or decorating.  Paint or some other coating is applied to
the  glassware  and in many cases is baked onto the glass surface by
reannealing.

Miscellaneous Waste Water Sources-

Abrasive mold cleaning is employed  at  some  plants.   An  abrasive
slurry is sprayed on the molds at high pressure in a process similar
to  sandblasting.   A  small  but undefined volume of high-suspended
solids waste is produced.  Following  cleaning,  the  molds  may  be
dipped in a rust preventative solution.  This tank is not drained to
the sewer.

Fume  scrubbers  are  required  in the acid treatment areas and con-
tribute significant fluoride to the acid polishing and etching waste
waters.
                                 84

-------
Haste Water Volume and Characteristics

Observed  waste  water  characteristics  for  the  finishing   steps
described above are listed in Table 10,  In all cases, except for pH
and  some  of the temperatures, the values listed are the quantities
added to the water as a result of the manufacture  of  hand  pressed
and blown glassware.  Concentrations in the influent water have been
subtracted.

Flow-

Waste  water  flows  from hand pressed and blown glass manufacturing
plants are highly variable and depend upon  the  quantity  of  glass
finished  and  the finishing method employed.  Reported values range
from 0.15 cu m/day  (40 gal/day) to 38  cu  m/day   (10,000  gal/day).
Owing  to  the  variation in finishing methods and the percentage of
product finished, it is impossible to define a typical flow for  the
industry.

Suspended Solids-

Grinding,  polishing,  and  cutting  are  major sources of suspended
solids.  Lesser quantities are  generated  by  the  other  finishing
steps.   Machine  cutting  and  grinding  and  polishing  contribute
approximately 28 kg/metric ton  (56 Ib/ton) and 15 kg/metric ton   (30
Ib/ton) to the waste waters respectively.

Fluoride-

Fluoride  discharges  result  from  crack-off  and hydrofluoric acid
polishing,  hydrofluoric  acid  polishing,  and  hydrofluoric   acid
etching.    Loadings   expressed   in   terms   of  production  vary
significantly from 1.93 kg/metric ton  (3.85  Ib/ton)  for  crack-off
and    polishing  to  10.6  kg/metric  ton   (21.3   Ib/ton)  for  acid
polishing, and 17 kg/metric ton  (34 Ib/ton) for acid  etching.   The
differences  are  caused,  at   least  in part, by variations in acid
strength.   The  crack-off   polishing   solution   is   much   less
concentrated than the acid polishing or acid etching  solutions.


Lead-

Lead is contained in all leaded glass finishing waste waters.  It is
not  clear  if  the  lead  in  the  abrasive  waste streams is truly
dissolved or is in the form of small glass particles,  but  standard
analytical procedures show a significant concentration.  Lead in the
acid wastes is assumed to be in a soluble form.

Other  Parameters-

Other  parameters  that  may be of significance include pH, tempera-
ture,  dissolved solids, and nitrate.  Raw waste water pH values vary
significantly depending on the source.  No pH value is available for
grinding and polishing but it is assumed the pH will  be in the range
                                 85

-------
                                                  TABLE 10

                                             RAW WASTE WATER  (a)
                                 HAND PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING
                                           Crack-Off and Polishing
oo
       Flov
       Temperature
       PH
       Suspended Solids
       Lead
       Fluoride
       Flow
       Temperature
       Suspended Solids
       Lead
       Flow
       Temperature
       pH
       Suspended Solids
       Lead
9920
2.8°C
3
0.35
0.010
1.93
31*60
2.8ec
15
0.086
10,880
l.6°c
10
28
1.1
I/metric ton

2380

kg/metric ton 0.71
kg/metric ton 0.019
kg/metric ton 3.85
Grinding and Polishing
I/metric ton
kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
Machine
I/metric ton

kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
830
5°F
30
0.17
Cutting
2610
3°F

56
2.2
gal /ton

Ib/ton
Ib/ton
Ib/ton
gal /ton
Ib/ton
Ib/ton
gal /ton

Ib/ton
Ib/ton


36 mg/1
0.96 mg/1
191* mg/1
1*350 mg/1
25 mg/1


2580 mg/1
100 mg/1

-------
                                                 TABLE 10  (Contd.)
                                                 Alkali Washing
oo
-4
57°C
11
0.08
5380
2
1.2
0.17
10.6

36,530
33° C
0.29
0.29
17
I/metric ton
kg/metric ton
Acid Polishing
I/metric ton
kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
Etching
I/metric ton
kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
kg/metric ton
1150
0.16
1290
2.1;
0.33
21.3

8760
91° F
0.58
0.58
gal /ton
Ib/ton
gal /ton
Ib/ton
Ib/ton
Ib/ton

gal /ton
Ib/ton
Ib/ton
Ib/ton
17 mg/l

220 mg/l
31 mg/l
1980 mg/l


8 mg/l
8 mg/l
k60 mg/l
         Flow
         Temperature  (b}
         pH
         Suspended Solids
Flow
Temperature (b)
pH
Suspended Solids
Lead
Fluoride
         Flow
         Temperature (b)
         pH
         Suspended Solids
         Lead
         Fluoride

         (a)  Representative of observed hand pressed and "blown glass manufacturing waste water.
              Absolute value given for pH, increase over plant influent level for other parameters.
         (b)  Controlled temperature required for the process; therefore, absolute temperature  given.

-------
of 8 to 10.  Temperature increases are  insignificant  except  where
heated  rinse  waters  are used.  Dissolved solids are not reported,
but significant  concentrations  may  be  anticipated  in  the  acid
polishing  and  etching  waste waters.  Nitrates are discharged as a
result of the rinsing steps following etching.  Insufficient data is
available to define the levels of discharge.

Discussion-

Hand pressed and blown glass manufacturing plants generally  operate
only one or two shifts per day, five days per week, and finishing is
done  only  as  necessary and varies with product demand.  Rarely is
all the finishing equipment available at a given plant in use at the
same time.  For these reasons, it is impossible  to  generalize  the
hand pressed and blown industry in terms of a typical plant.
                                 88

-------
                             SECTION VI

                 SELECTION OF POLLUTANT PARAMETERS


Subcategories  with  the  most significant pollution problems in the
pressed  and  blown  glass  industry  are  television  picture  tube
envelope  manufacturing,  incandescent  lamp envelope manufacturing,
and portions of the  hand  pressed  and  blown  glass  manufacturing
subcategory.   The  primary  sources of the waste water constituents
are cullet quenching, rinsing following abrasive and acid  polishing
of  television picture tube envelopes, rinsing following frosting of
incandescent lamp  envelopes,  and  rinsing  of  handmade  glassware
following hydrofluoric acid polishing and etching.

The  major  parameters  of pollutional significance for the combined
group of subcategories are:

    1.   Fluoride

    2.   Ammonia

    3.   Lead

    4.   Oil

    5.   COD

    6.   pH

    7.   Suspended Solids

    8.   Dissolved Solids

    9.   Temperature  (Heat)

These parameters are not present  in  the  waste  water  from  every
subcategory, and may be of more significance in one subcategory than
in  another.   Tables 11, 12, and 13 list the concentrations of each
parameter by subcategory.  Fluoride, lead, and ammonia discharged at
the levels present in certain waste water  streams  associated  with
the  manufacture  of television picture tube envelopes, incandescent
lamp envelopes, and some hand pressed and blown ware are known to be
toxic to aquatic life.

FLUORIDE

As the most reactive non-metal, fluorine  is  never  found  free  in
nature  but  as  a  constituent  of  fluorite  or fluorspar, calcium
fluoride, in sedimentary rocks and also of cryolite, sodium aluminum
fluoride, in igneous rocks.  Owing to their origin only  in  certain
types  of  rocks  and  only  in  a  few  regions,  fluorides in high
concentrations are not  a  common  constituent  of  natural  surface
                                 89

-------
                                                  TABLE 11
ID
O
                                   CONCENTRATION OF WASTE WATER PARAMETERS
                                    PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING


                                            TYPICAL RAW WASTE WATER CONCENTRATION (a)
Glass Container
6
7.5
5
50
2h
10

Machine Pressed Television Picture
and Blown Tubing Tube Envelope
8
7.8
5
50
25
10

U.5
7.9

10
27
10

8


35
335
10
260
Temperature °C


pH


BOD, mg/1


COD, mg/1


Suspended Solids, mg/1


Oil, mg/1


Dissolved Solids, mg/1


Fluoride, mg/1


Lead, mg/1


(a)  Increase over background concentration for all parameters except for pH.
                                                                                               30

-------
                                     TABLE 12
Temperature °C

pH

COD, mg/1

Suspended Solids, mg/1

Oil, mg/1

Fluoride, mg/1

Ammonia, mg/1
                          CONCENTRATION OF WASTE WATER PARAMETERS
                           INCANDESCENT LAMP GLASS MANUFACTURING
  TYPICAL RAW WASTE WATER CONCENTRATION (a)

Gullet Quenching           Frosting Rinse_Watejr

        8                          3800

        8.6                         3.0

       25                          25

       25                         100

       25

                                 2800

                                  650
(a)  Increase over "background concentration for all parameters except for pH.

(b)  Controlled temperature required for the process; therefore, absolute
       temperature given.

-------
                                                  TABLE 13

                                    CONCENTRATION  OF WASTE WATER  PARAMETERS
                                  HAND PRESSED AND BLOW GLASS MANUFACTURING
                                                    TYPICAL RAW WASTE WATER  CONCENTRATION  (a)
to
Crack-Off
and
Polishing
2.8
3.2
36
191*
• 96
Grinding
and
Polishing
2.8

1*350

.1*3
Machine
Cutting
1.6
10.0
2580

100
Alkali
Washer
57
11.2
17


Acid
Polishing
1*6
2.2
220
1980
31
Acid
Etching
33
i*.o
8
1*62
7.9
Temperature °C

PH

Suspended Solids, mg/1

Fluoride, mg/1

Lead, mg/1

(a)  Representative of observed hand pressed and "blown glass manufacturing vaste water,
     Increase over background concentration for all parameters except for pH.

-------
i  waters,  but  they may occur in detrimental concentrations in ground
,  waters.
4
  Fluorides  are  used  as  insecticides,  for  disinfecting   brewery
;  apparatus,  as  a  flux  in the manufacture of steel, for preserving
  wood and mucilages, for the manufacture of  glass  and  enamels,  in
',  chemical industries, for water treatment, and for other uses.

,  Fluorides  in sufficient quantity are toxic to humans, with doses of
  250 to U50 mg giving severe symptoms or causing death.

  There are numerous articles  describing  the  effects  of  fluoride-
  bearing  waters  on dental enamel of children; these studies lead to
  the generalization that water containing less than 0.9 to  1.0  mg/1
  of  fluoride  will  seldom cause mottled enamel in children, and for
  adults, concentrations less than 3 or 4 mg/1 are not likely to cause
  endemic  cumulative  fluorosis  and  skeletal   effects.    Abundant
  literature   is   also   available   describing  the  advantages  of
  maintaining 0.8 to 1.5 mg/1 of fluoride ion in drinking water to aid
  in the reduction of dental decay, especially among children.

  Chronic fluoride poisoning of livestock has been observed  in  areas
  where  water contained 10 to 15 mg/1 fluoride.  Concentrations of 30
  - 50 mg/1  of  fluoride  in  the  total  ration  of  dairy  cows  is
  considered  the  upper  safe limit.  Fluoride from waters apparently
  does not accumulate in soft tissue to a significant degree and it is
  transferred to a very small extent into the milk and to  a  somewhat
  greater  degree  into  eggs.   Data  for  fresh  water indicate that
  fluorides are toxic to fish at concentrations higher than 1.5 mg/1.

  Fluoride is contained at various concentrations in the waste  waters
  of television picture tube envelope manufacturing, incandescent lamp
  envelope  manufacturing,  and  some  hand  pressed  and  blown glass
  plants.   Typical  concentrations  range  from  143  mg/1  for   the
  television  picture  tube envelope manufacturing subcategory to 2800
  mg/1 for the process waste water stream resulting from the  frosting
  of incandescent lamp envelopes.

  AMMONIA

  Ammonia  is a common product o£ the decomposition of organic matter.
  Dead and decaying animals and plants along  with  human  and  animal
  body  wastes  account  for  much of the ammonia entering the aquatic
  ecosystem.  Ammonia exists in its non-ionized form only at higher pH
  levels and is the most toxic in this state.  The lower the  pH,  the
  more ionized ammonia is formed and its toxicity decreases.  Ammonia,
  in  the  presence of dissolved oxygen, is converted to nitrate  (NO3)
  by nitrifying bacteria.  Nitrite  (NO2),  which  is  an  intermediate
  product  between  ammonia  and nitrate, sometimes occurs in quantity
  when depressed oxygen  conditions  permit.   Ammonia  can  exist  in
  several  other chemical combinations including ammonium chloride and
  other salts.
                                   93

-------
Oil is a constituent of  the  waste  water  from  all  subcategories
except  hand pressed and blown glass manufacturing.  The typical oil
concentration ranges from 10 mg/1 for glass container  manufacturing
to   25   mg/1  for  cullet  quenching  during  the  manufacture  of
incandescent lamp envelopes.  The oil is added  to  waste  water  as
shear  spra y  oi1,  by  lubricating  oil  leaks,  and  by  finishing
operations  such  as  oil  polishing  of  television  picture   tube
envelopes.

CHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND

COD  is  contributed  by process waste waters from each subcategory.
The  COD  concentrations  range  from  10  mg/1  for  glass   tubing
manufacturing to 50 mg/1 for glass container and machine pressed and
blown glass manufacturing.  In most cases the COD is a result of the
oil  concentration  and  can  be  controlled  by  limiting  the oil.
Because BOD concentrations are low, COD is a more  accurate  measure
of organic content for pressed and blown glass manufacturing,

pH

The  term  pH  is  a  logarithmic expression of the concentration of
hydrogen ions.  At  a  pH  of  7,  the  hydrogen  and  hydroxyl  ion
concentrations  are  essentially  equal  and  the  water is neutral.
Lower pH  values  indicate  acidity  while  higher  values  indicate
alkalinity.   The  relationship between pH and acidity or alkalinity
is not necessarily linear or direct.

Waters with a pH below 6.0 are corrosive to water works  structures,
distribution lines, and household plumbing fixtures and can thus add
such  constituents to drinking water as iron, copper, zinc, cadmium,
and lead.  The hydrogen ion concentration can affect the "taste"  of
the  water.   At  a  low  pH  water tastes "sour".  The bactericidal
effect of chlorine is weakened  as  the  pH  increases,  and  it  is
advantageous  to  keep  the pH close to 7.  This is very significant
for providing safe drinking water.

Extremes of pH or rapid pH changes can exert  stress  conditions  or
kill aquatic life outright.  Dead fish, associated algal blooms, and
foul  stenches  are  aesthetic  liabilities  of  any waterway.  Even
moderate  changes  from  "acceptable"  criteria  limits  of  pH  are
deleterious  to some species.  The relative toxicity to aquatic life
of  many  materials  is  increased  by  changes  in  the  water  pH.
Metalocyanide  complexes  can  increase  a thousand-fold in toxicity
with a drop of 1.5 pH units.   The  availability  of  many  nutrient
                              96

-------
substances  varies with the alkalinity and acidity.   Ammonia is more
lethal with a higher pH.

The lacrimal fluid of the human eye has a pH  of  approximately  7.0
and  a  deviation  of  0.1  pH  unit from the norm may result in eye
irritation for  the  swimmer.   Appreciable  irritation  will  cause
severe pain.

The  pH  of  the  waste  water  from  cullet quenching is within the
acceptable range of 6-9.  Waste waters produced by rinishing of acid
polished glass and the frosting of incandescent  lamp  envelopes  is
acidic  and  in the pH range from 2-3.  Most plants treat the acidic
waste waters to remove fluoride.  Lime is added to  a  pH  level  of
about  11-12,   Some  plants  discharge the treated effluent at this
alkaline pH, while other plants use acid to neutralize  the  treated
effluent back to an acceptable level of about 7.

TOTAL SUSPENDED SOLIDS

Suspended  solids include both organic and inorganic materials.  The
inorganic components include sand,  silt,  and  clay.   The  organic
fraction  includes  such  materials  as grease, oil, tar, animal and
vegetable fats, various fibers, sawdust, hair, and various materials
from sewers.   These  solids  may  settle  out  rapidly  and  bottom
deposits  are  often a mixture of both organic and inorganic solids.
They adversely affect fisheries by covering the bottom of the stream
or lake with a blanket  of  material  that  destroys  the  fish-food
bottom  fauna  or  the spawning ground of fish.  Deposits containing
organic materials may deplete bottom  oxygen  supplies  and  produce
hydrogen sulfide, carbon dioxide, methane, and other noxious gases.

In  raw  water sources for domestic use, state and regional agencies
generally specify that suspended solids  in  streams  shall  not  be
present  in  sufficient  concentration  to  be  obj ectionable  or to
interfere with normal  treatment  processes.   Suspended  solids  in
water  may  interfere  with  many  industrial  processes,  and cause
foaming in boilers, or encrustations on equipment exposed to  water,
especially   as   the   temperature  rises.   Suspended  solids  are
undesirable in water used in the textile, pulp and paper,  beverage,
and   dairy  products  industries  and  can  cause  difficulties  at
laundries, for dyeing operations,  for photographic  processes,  for
cooling  systems, and at power plants.    Suspended particles   also
                               97

-------
serve  as  a transport mechanism for pesticides and other substances
which are readily sorbed into or onto clay particles.

Solids may be suspended in water for a time, and then settle to  the
bed  of the stream or lake.  These settleable solids discharged with
man's wastes  may  be  inert,  slowly  biodegradable  materials,  or
rapidly decomposable substances.  While in suspension, they increase
the  turbidity of the water, reduce light penetration and impair the
photosynthetic activity of aquatic plants.

Solids in  suspension  are  aesthetically  displeasing.   When  they
settle  to  form sludge deposits on the stream or lake bed, they are
often much more damaging to the life in water, and they  retain  the
capacity  to  displease  the  senses.   Solids,  when transformed to
sludge deposits, may do a  variety  of  damaging  things,  including
blanketing  the stream or lake bed and thereby destroying the living
spaces for those benthic organisms that would otherwise  occupy  the
habitat.   When  of  an  organic  and therefore decomposable nature,
solids use a portion or all of the dissolved oxygen available in the
area.  Organic materials also serve  as  a  seemingly  inexhaustible
food source for sludgeworms and associated organisms.

Suspended  solids  are  contributed to the process waste waters from
all subcategories.  Typical suspended  solids  concentrations  range
from  25  mg/1  for machine pressed and blown glass manufacturing to
335 mg/1 for television picture tube envelope manufacturing.

DISSOLVED SOLIDS

In natural waters the dissolved solids consist mainly of carbonates,
chlorides, sulfates, phosphates, and possibly nitrates  of  calcium,
magnesium, sodium, and potassium, with traces of iron, manganese and
other substances.

Many  communities  in  the  United States and in other countries use
water supplies containing 2000 to 4000 ing/1 of dissolved salts, when
no better water is available.  Such waters are  not  palatable,  may
not  quench  thirst,  and  may  have a laxative action on new users.
Waters containing more than 4000 mg/1 of total salts  are  generally
considered unfit for human use, although in hot climates such higher
salt  concentrations  can  be tolerated whereas they could not be in
temperate  climates.   Waters  containing  5000  mg/1  or  more  are
reported  to  be bitter and act as bladder and intestinal irritants.
It  is  generally  agreed  that  the  salt  concentration  of  good,
palatable water should not exceed 500 mg/1.

Limiting concentrations of dissolved solids for fresh-water fish may
range  from  5,000  to  10,000  mg/1, according to species and prior
acclimatization.  Some fish are adapted to  living  in  more  saline
waters,  and  a  few species of fresh-water forms have been found in
natural waters with a salt concentration of 15,000 to  20,000  mg/1.
Fish  can  slowly become acclimatized to higher salinities, but fish
in waters of low salinity cannot survive  sudden  exposure  to  high
salinities,  such  as  those  resulting  from discharges of oil-well
                                98

-------
brines.  Dissolved solids may influence the toxicity of heavy metals
and organic compounds to fish  and  other  aquatic  life,  primarily
because of the antagonistic effect of hardness on metals.

Waters  with  total  dissolved  solids over 500 mg/1 have decreasing
utility as irrigation water.  At 5,000 mg/1 water has little  or  no
value for irrigation.

Dissolved  solids  in industrial waters can cause foaming in boilers
and cause interference  with  cleaness,  color,  or  taste  of  many
finished  products.   High contents of dissolved solids also tend to
accelerate corrosion.

Specific conductance is a measure of the capacity of water to convey
an  electric  current.   This  property  is  related  to  the  total
concentration  of ionized substances in water and water temperature.
This property is frequently used as a substitute method  of  quickly
estimating the dissolved solids concentration.

Acid  polishing  of  television  picture tube envelopes and handmade
glassware and frosting of incandescent lamp envelopes are  the  main
sources  of  the dissolved solids in the raw waste water from plants
within the pressed and blown glass segment.   Dissolved  solids  are
also  added  to the waste water by the addition of lime for fluoride
removal and the addition of acid for pH control.   Dissolved  solids
concentrations  range  from  260  mg/1  for  television picture tube
envelope manufacturing to several thousand milligrams per liter  for
the  process  waste  water  stream from the frosting of incandescent
lamp envelopes.  The control and treatment technologies presented in
Section VII of this document do not reduce the  level  of  dissolved
solids  discharged.   Therefore,  no effluent limitations guidelines
are established for this parameter.

TEMPERATURE

Temperature is one of  the  most  important  and  influential  water
quality  characteristics.  Temperature determines those species that
may be present; it activates the hatching of young, regulates  their
activity, and stimulates or suppresses their growth and development;
it  attracts, and may kill when the water becomes too hot or becomes
chilled   too   suddenly.    Colder   water   generally   suppresses
development.  Warmer water generally accelerates activity and may be
a  primary cause of aquatic plant nuisances when other environmental
factors are suitable.

Temperature is a prime regulator of  natural  processes  within  the
water  environment.  It governs physiological functions in organisms
and, acting directly or indirectly in combination with  other  water
quality  constituents,  it  affects  aquatic  life with each change.
These effects include chemical reaction rates, enzymatic  functions,
molecular  movements,  and  molecular  exchanges  between  membranes
within and between the physiological systems and the  organs  of  an
animal.
                                 99

-------
Chemical reaction rates vary with-temperature and generally increase
as  the  temperature is increased.  The solubility of gases in water
varies with temperature.  Dissolved oxygen is decreased by the decay
or decomposition of dissolved organic substances and the decay  rate
increases  as  the  temperature  of  the  water increases reaching a
maximum at about 30°C  (86°F).  The temperature of stream water, even
during  summer,  is  below  the  optimum  for   pollution-associated
bacteria.   Increasing the water temperature increases the bacterial
multiplication rate when the environment is favorable and  the  food
supply is abundant.

Reproduction  cycles  may  be  changed  significantly  by  increased
temperature because  this  function  takes  place  under  restricted
temperature   ranges.    Spawning  may  not  occur  at  all  because
temperatures are too high.  Thus, a fish population may exist  in  a
heated   area  only  by  continued  immigration.   Disregarding  the
decreased reproductive potential, water temperatures need not  reach
lethal  levels  to  decimate  a  species.   Temperatures  that favor
competitors, predators, parasites, and disease can destroy a species
at levels far below those that are lethal.

Fish food organisms are altered severely when temperatures  approach
or   exceed   90°F.    Predominant  algal  species  change,  primary
production is decreased, and  bottom  associated  organisms  may  be
depleted   or  altered  drastically  in  numbers  and  distribution.
Increased water temperatures may cause aquatic plant nuisances  when
other environmental factors are favorable.

Synergistic  actions  of  pollutants are more severe at higher water
temperatures.  Given amounts of domestic  sewage,  refinery  wastes,
oils,  tars,  insecticides, detergents, and fertilizers more rapidly
deplete oxygen in water at higher temperatures, and  the  respective
toxicities are likewise increased.

When  water temperatures increase, the predominant algal species may
change from diatoms to green algae, and finally at high temperatures
to blue-green algae, because of species  temperature  preferentials.
Blue-green  algae  can  cause serious odor problems.  The number and
distribution of benthic organisms decreases  as  water  temperatures
increase  above  90°F, which is close to the tolerance limit for the
population.  This could seriously affect certain fish that depend on
benthic organisms as a food source.

The cost of fish being attracted to heated water  in  winter  months
may  be  considerable,  due to fish mortalities that may result when
the fish return to the cooler water.

Rising temperatures stimulate the decomposition of sludge, formation
of sludge gas, multiplication  of  saprophytic  bacteria  and  fungi
(particularly   in   the   presence  of  organic  wastes),  and  the
consumption of oxygen by putrefactive processes, thus affecting  the
esthetic value of a water course.
                                100

-------
In  general,  marine  water temperatures do not change as rapidly or
range as widely as  those  of  freshwaters.   Marine  and  estuarine
fishes,  therefore,  are  less  tolerant  of  temperature variation.
Although this limited tolerance is greater in estuarine than in open
water marine species, temperature  changes  are  more  important  to
those  fishes  in  estuaries  and  bays than to those in open marine
areas, because of the nursery and  replenishment  functions  of  the
estuary  that  can  be  adversely  affected  by  extreme temperature
changes.

The significant increases in water temperatures result  from  cullet
quenching  and  the  heating  of rinse waters used in some finishing
steps.  Typical temperature increases for cullet quenching are 5.6°C
(1C°F) to 8.4°C  (15°F).  The absolute temperatures  of  etching  and
alkali  washing waste waters range from 33°C (91°F) to 57°C  (135°F).
The temperature measurements were taken directly  from  the  process
and  are  much  greater  than  at  the  end  of  the pipe before the
receiving stream.  Natural cooling in the sewer  and  dilution  with
non-contact cooling water tend to reduce temperatures to about 5.6°C
(10°F) over ambient.  An acceptable temperature discharge limit must
be  based  upon  the  volume  and  the water quality criteria of the
receiving stream.  For this reason, no  attempt  has  been  made  to
propose standards to limit effluent temperatures.
                                101

-------

-------
                                 SECTION VII

                      CONTROL AND TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY
As concluded in Section VI, the primary pollutants from the  pressed
and  blown  glass segment are oil, fluoride, ammonia, lead, and sus-
pended solids.  Oil is contributed  to  the  waste  water  from  all
subcategories  except  hand  pressed  and blown glass manufacturing.
Fluoride and lead are added by the finishing  steps  for  television
picture  tube  envelopes and hand pressed and blown glass.  Fluoride
and ammonia are carried over into the waste water following frosting
of incandescent lamp envelopes.  Suspended solids are  a  result  of
grinding, acid treatment, and Gullet guenching.

The  industry  is  currently  treating its waste waters to reduce or
eliminate most of the pollutants.  Oil is reduced by  using  gravity
separators  such  as belt skimmers and API separators.  Treating for
fluoride and lead involves  the  addition  of  lime,  rapid  mixing,
flocculation,  and sedimentation of the resulting reaction products.
Several glass  container  plants  recycle  non-contact  cooling  and
cullet quench water.  Treatment for ammonia removal is presently not
oracticed in the industry segment.

This section is divided into two parts.  The first part is a general
description  of  the  applicable  treatment  technologies  that will
reduce or eliminate the pollutants  from  pressed  and  blown  glass
manufacturing  waste  waters.   The  next  section  gives a detailed
description  cf treatment schemes  that  may  be  used  to  meet  the
proposed  effluent  limitations  and  guidelines.   The  transfer of
treatment technologies from other industry categories  is  necessary
in some cases.

APPLICABLE TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY

Suspended Solids Removal

Two common methods of suspended solids removal are sedimentation and
filtration.   Sedimentation  can  be  accomplished  with  or without
chemical addition in  a  sump  or  catch  basin  arrangement,  in   a
settling  tank  or pond, or in a clarifier.  Filtration can occur by
passage of a waste  water  stream  through  sand,  mixed  media,  or
diatomaceous earth.

Sedimentation Methods-

Sumrj  or  Catch  Basin.  Solids removal can occur in a sump or catch
basin arrangement and can reduce the solids loading to another  part
of the treatment system and allow for materials recovery.  The basic
principle  is that the velocity of the waste water stream is reduced
and forces resulting from density differences between the  suspended
solids  and  the  waste water come into affect and the solids settle
out.

                            103

-------
This in-plant method of waste control can be designed with a scraper
mechanism to remove the bottom sludge and with a skimmer to  achieve
a removal of floating oil.

Settling  Tank  or  Pond.  The same principles as apply to sumps and
catch basins apply to settling tanks and ponds.  However, when  used
as  end-of-pipe  treatment,  larger  detention times may be employed
with  chemical  addition  and  sludge  recycle  to  attain   greater
efficiencies of suspended solids removal.

Clarifier.  A substantial portion of suspended solids may be removed
by clarification.  Settling involves the provision of a sufficiently
large  tank  in order that the velocity of the waste water discharge
stream be reduced sufficiently to  allow  for  suspended  solids  to
settle  out.   Mild  mechanical  agitation is added to assist in the
settling process and in the removal of suspended  solids.   Chemical
addition  and  sludge  recycle  may  also  be  employed  to increase
treatment efficiency.

Settled solids from the bottom of the clarification unit in the form
of a sludge may be pumped to  a  rotary  vacuum  filter,  where  the
slurry  is concentrated by removal of water which is returned to the
clarifier.  The outside surface of the filter  cylinder  is  covered
with  a  filter  medium  (screen or cloth).  The lower portion of the
filter is suspended in the liquid slurry.  As the drum rotates,  the
vacuum  which  is  maintained within the cylinder forces liquid into
the cylinder while leaving a solids layer  on  the  outside  of  the
filter  medium.   As  the  drum rotates, a scraper mechanism removes
solids from the surface of the filter medium.  This method of solids
thickening has been widely used in  both  industrial  and  municipal
waste water treatment.
Filtration Methods-

Sand  and  Mixed-Media  Filtration.   A  variety  of  filters can be
employed to remove suspended solids  from  a  treated  waste  water:
slow sand filters, rapid sand filters, and mixed media filters.  The
effluent  from  a  sand  filter  is of a high quality.  A summary of
available information indicates that an  effluent  suspended  solids
concentration of less than 10 mg/1 can be expected to occur from the
sand  filtration of wastes similar in nature to those of the pressed
and blown glass industry segment.

A slow sand filter is a specially prepared  bed  of  sand  or  other
mineral  fines  on  which  doses of waste water are applied and from
which effluent is removed by an under-drainage system.  A rapid sand
filter may operate under pressure in a closed vessel or may be built
in open concrete tanks.  It is primarily a  water  treatment  device
and thus would be used for final treatment.  Mixed media filters are
special  versions  of  rapid  sand  filters  that  permit deeper bed
penetration by gradation of particle sizes in the bed.
                            104

-------
The slow sand filter removes solids primarily at the surface of  the
filter.   The  rapid  sand  filter  is  operated  to  allow a deeper
penetration of suspended  solids  into  the  sand  bed  and  thereby
achieve  solids  removal through a greater cross section of the bed.
The rate of filtration of the rapid filter is greater than  that  of
the  slow  sand  filter.   Thus,  the  rapid  sand  filter  requires
substantially less area than the slow sand filter.  The larger  area
required for the latter means a higher initial investment cost.  The
rapid sand filters operate essentially unattended with pressure loss
controls  and  piping installed for automatic backwashing.  They are
contained in concrete structures  or  in  steel  tanks.   Slow  sand
filters  require  hand  or  machine labor to breakup the crust which
develops on the surface.  The frequency  of  this  operation  varies
depending  on  the  quality of pretreatment and the gradation of the
sand.

In a rapid sand filter, as much as 80 percent of the head  loss  can
occur  in  the  upper  few  inches  of  the filter.  One approach to
increase the effective filter depth is the  use  of  more  than  one
media  in the filter.  Other filter media have included coarse coal,
heavy garnet or ilmenite media, and sand.

Diatpmacegus Earth  Filtration.   Diatomaceous  earth  filters  have
found  use  as:   (1)  mobile  units  for  water purification and (2)
stationary un its for swimming  pools  and  general  water  supplies.
Skeletons  of  diatoms  mined from deposits compose the diatomaceous
earth.  The filter medium is a .layer  of  diatomaceous  earth  built
upon  a  porous  septum.  The resulting pre-coat is supported by the
septum, which serves also as a drainage system.  Water  is  strained
through  the  pre-coat  unless  the  applied  water contains so much
turbidity that the unit will  maintain  itself  only  if  additional
diatomaceous  earth,  called  body  feed,  is  introduced  into  the
incoming water to preserve the open texture of the layer.

Diatomaceous earth is generally of finer texture than sand  and  has
been  reported to reduce suspended solids effluent concentrations to
5 mg/1 or less.  Diatomaceous earth  filtration  is  being  used  to
treat  the  effluent from at least one glass container manufacturing
facility.  No long-term data have been generated but short term data
show  a  suspended  solids  effluent  concentration  of   7.1   mg/1
indicating  that  levels  of  less  than  10  mg/1 should be readily
attainable.

Oil Removal

Oil is usually removed in two steps.  In the primary treatment step,
floatable or free oils  are  removed  by  gravity  separation.   The
second step involves breaking any oil-water emulsions and separating
the remaining oil.

Primary Treatment-

Primary treatment makes use of the difference in specific gravity of
oil and water.  The oily waste water is retained in a holding basin.
                            105

-------
the  oil  and  water being allowed to separate; the separated oil is
skimmed from the waste water surface.  The efficiency of the gravity
separator  device  depends  upon  both  the  proper  holding   basin
hydraulic design and the retention time in the basin.  Typically, 60
to  90  percent of the influent free oil can be removed with gravity
separation units.

Secondary Treatment-

Oil emulsions can be broken by either chemical or physical  methods.
Physical  methods  include  high  rate  filtration  through sand and
gravel filters, high rate filtration with  coagulant,  and  diatoma-
ceous earth filtration.  High rate filter pilot plant studies in the
oil  industry  using an influent emulsified oil concentration of 230
mg/1 indicated that an effluent concentration  of  15  mg/1  can  be
achieved  with  filtration,  and  a  10  mg/1  effluent level can be
achieved using coagulant-assisted filtration.

Oil-adsorptive diatomaceous earth filtration has been used to reduce
oil and suspended solids effluent concentrations  to  5  mg/1.   The
diatomaceous earth filtration system consists of the filter, precoat
tank,  and  a slurry tank for continuous feeding of the diatomaceous
earth.  About 0.9 kg (2 Ib) of diatomaceous earth  is  required  per
0.45  kg  (1 Ib) of oil removed, and the filtration rates range from
20.4 to 40,7 1/min/sq  m   (0.5  to  1  gpm/sq  ft).   Dry  discharge
diatomaceous  earth  filters  require no backwashing, and the sludge
requires no dewatering.  Diatomaceous earth filtration is being used
to treat the blowdown from at least one cullet quench recycle system
at a glass container plant.  No long-term data have  been  generated
but  short-term  data show an oil effluent concentration of 7.6 mg/1
indicating that levels of  less  than  10  mg/1  should  be  readily
attainable.

Chemical  treatment  is a primary method used to break oil emulsions
by destabilizing  the  dispersed  oil  droplets  or  destroying  the
emulsifying agents.  The treatment may consist of chemical addition,
rapid mixing, flocculation and settling, or flotation.

Air  flotation  can  be  used to separate the oil and water and will
also result in the removal of suspended solids.  It is a  relatively
recent  technology  in  the glass industry and, therefore, is not in
widespread use.  However, air  flotation  is  being  used  to  treat
emulsified  oil-water  streams in the flat glass industry and it has
been indicated that at least one glass container plant  will  employ
this treatment technology in the near future.

The  air  flotation  system  operates by mixing the waste water with
compressed air in a pressurized tank.  The waste water flows to  the
flotation  tank  where  the pressure is released, thereby generating
numerous, small air  bubbles  which  effect  the  flotation  of  the
suspended  material  by  one of three mechanisms: 1) adhesion of the
air bubbles to the particles of  matter,  2)  trapping  of  the  air
bubbles  in the floe structures of suspended material as the bubbles
rise, and 3) adsorption of the air bubbles as the floe structure  is
                              106

-------
formed  from  the  suspended  matter.
removal facilities are also provided.
In most cases,  bottom sludge
Improved performance of the air  flotation  system  is  achieved  by
coagulation  of  the  suspended  matter prior to treatment.   This is
done by pH adjustment or the addition  of  coagulant  chemicals,  or
both.   Aluminum  sulfate,  iron sulfate, lime,  and polyelectrolytes
are used as coagulants at varying concentrations up to  300   to  400
mg/1  in  the  raw  waste.   These chemicals are essentially totally
removed in the dissolved air flotation unit, thereby  adding  little
or  no  load  to  the  waste  water  stream.   Typical  effluent oil
concentrations range from 10 to 15 mg/1.

Chemical coagulation and sedimentation can also be  used  to  remove
the  oil.   In  this process, the oil is adsorbed onto the coagulant
floe.  Oil in  television  picture  tube  abrasive  waste  water  is
removed  in  this manner.  Removal efficiencies are similar to those
for chemical assisted air flotation; however less area  is  required
for the air flotation equipment.

Fluoride Removal

The  waste  waters  from  pressed  and  blown  glass plants are con-
taminated  with  fluoride  by  carry-over  into  the  rinse   waters
following  hydrofluoric  acid  treatment.  The fluoride is either in
the form of hydrogen fluoride  (HF) or fluoride ion  (F-),  depending
on  the  pH of the waste water.  The high fluoride concentrations in
the   waste   waters   from   television   picture   tube   envelope
manufacturing, incandescent  lamp envelope frosting, and hydrofluoric
acid polishing and etching of hand pressed and blown glass should be
reduced  to  an  acceptable  level to prevent any toxic action of the
fluoride on aquatic life in  the receiving body of water.  There  are
two  methods to treat these  waste waters, which may be classified as
the additive and the adsorptive methods.

Additive Methods-

In the additive methods, chemicals are  added to the waste water  and
the  fluoride  either  forms  a  precipitate  or  is adsorbed onto a
precipitate.  The fluoride   removal  efficiencies  depend  upon  the
detention   time   in,   as   well  as  the  effectiveness  of,  the
clarification unit used to separate the precipitate.  The  chemicals
used  include  lime  and aluminum sulfate, but lime treatment is the
most practical method  for   treatment   of  waste  waters  with  high
concentrations of fluoride.  The lime is added to the waste water as
slurry,  is rapidly mixed, and reacts with the fluoride during floc-
culation to form calcium fluoride.  The calcium fluoride precipitate
is then settled out in a clarification  unit.  Suspended  solids  are
also removed by the lime treatment process.

Calcium  fluoride  has  a  maximum theoretical solubility of about 8
mg/1  as   fluoride  and  concentrations  above   this   theoretical
solubility  limit  form  a   precipitate.   Therefore, . the  effluent
concentrations can be lowered by adding calcium  ion  concentrations
                                107

-------
in  excess  of  the  stoichiometric  requirements  which  results in
raising the pH during treatment to a value in the range of 9 to  11.
Typical  treated effluent fluoride concentrations range from 10 mg/1
to 30 mg/1.

The calcium fluoride precipitate formed during  reaction  with  lime
has  a very small particle size, and the flocculation and clarifica-
tion steps must therefore be optimized to remove the maximum  amount
of  fluoride.   Factors  to  be  considered include the flocculation
time, clarifier type  and  detention  time,  and  post-sedimentation
filtration.  Longer flocculation periods allow greater agglomeration
of  the  precipitate  particles.  Improved separation of the calcium
fluoride precipitate from the water can be accomplished by  increas-
ing  the clarifier detention time, using a solids contact clarifier,
or recirculating sludge.  In a solids contact clarifier, the treated
waste water flows down through a center skirt in the  clarifier  and
up through a sludge blanket formed at the bottom of the clarifier.

Filtering  the clarifier effluent can reduce fluoride concentrations
to about 10 mg/1 by removing additional calcium fluoride  particles.
Sand  or  graded media filters similar to those vised in water treat-
ment plants can be used.

High concentrations of aluminum  sulfate  have  also  been  used  to
reduce  low  fluoride concentrations in soft waters, but this method
is considered both technically and economically unfeasible  for  the
primary or secondary treatment of high fluoride wastes.

Adsorptive Methods-

Treatment  of  fluorides  by the adsorptive methods involves passing
the waste water through a contact bed, the fluoride being removed by
general or specific ion-exchange or chemical reaction with a  solid-
bed  matrix.   Adsorptive methods may be used for treating low level
fluoride wastes and polishing the effluent from  the  lime  process.
The  requirement  for frequent bed regeneration makes the adsorptive
methods  economically  infeasible   for   treating   high   fluoride
concentration  wastes.   Activated alumina, hydroxylapatite, and ion
exchange  resins  have  been  used  as  the  adsorptive  media,  but
activated  alumina has been determined to be the least expensive and
the most suitable for the pressed and blown glass industry segment.

Activated alumina has been used since the 1950's in municipal  water
treatment  plants  to  reduce  the fluoride content of ground waters
from 8 mg/1 to 1 mg/1.  In laboratory studies, the effluent  from  a
lime  precipitation  system  treating  a high fluoride content waste
(1000-3000 mg/1) was reduced from 30 mg/1 to 2 mg/1 using  activated
alumina  adsorption.   A  pH  in the alkaline range was found not to
affect the ion exchange operation.  The influent waste water  should
be filtered before activated alumina adsorption to prevent premature
fouling  of  the  exchange  resin  and  to prevent shortened periods
between regeneration cycles.
                             108

-------
An activated alumina filter can be either gravity or pressure  oper-
ated.   The  gravity  filter  is  similar to those used in municipal
water treatment plants, and consists of the activated alumina media,
underdrains, wash troughs, and a regenerant distributor.  The  pres-
surized column is similar to those used in conventional ion exchange
treatment systems.

Regenerating  the  activated  alumina  can  be  accomplished  with a
caustic  solution,  sulfuric  acid,  hydrochloric  acid,  or   alum.
Caustic  regeneration  is  being  practiced  at most water treatment
plants.  Water and dilute acid rinses are used  to  remove  residual
caustic  from  the  bed  following regeneration.  The residual spent
caustic regenerant can be bled into the  lime  precipitation  system
and  can  be  neutralized  with  the  lime treatment effluent.  If a
mineral acid such  as  hydrochloric  acid  is  used  as  the  column
regenerant,  it  may be necessary to include separate neutralization
facilities  and  sludge  handling  equipment  to  treat  the   spent
regenerant stream.

Ammonia Removal

Ammonia  removal methods include air and steam stripping, biological
nitrification/denitrification, breakpoint chlorination,  and  selec-
tive  ion  exchange.   Air and steam stripping appear to be the most
viable methods for the incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing sub-
category.  A discussion of these treatment techniques follows.

Ammonia Stripping-

Ammonia exists in solution in two forms, as the ammonium ion, and as
dissolved ammonia gas.  The equilibrium  may  be  explained  by  the
following equation:

                NH4+ = H+     +    NH3(g)

The  reaction  is pH-dependent with only ammonium ions present at pH
7, while only dissolved ammonia exists at pH 12; as the  temperature
rises  the  reaction  proceeds toward the production of ammonia gas.
At a pH approaching 12, ammonia gas can be removed from solution  by
heating  the solution and using an inert gas such as air or steam as
a stripping medium.


Steam Stripping,  Many oil refineries, petrochemical plants, and the
nitrogen  fertilizer  industry  use  steam  stripping  for   ammonia
removal.   There  are many different stripping designs in existence,
but  most involve the downward flow of waste water through  a  packed
or   trayed  column  countercurrent  to  an  ascending flow of steam.
Other stripping media such as flue or fuel gases are also employed.
                               109

-------
Steam stripping is used in the petroleum industry to remove  ammonia
from  sour  water.   In  columns ranging in size from 1.07 to 1.52 m
(3.5 to 5 ft)  in diameter and 5.18 to  9.14  m   (17  to  30  ft)  in
height,  and  at  temperatures  ranging  from  110  to 127°C (230 to
260°F) , ammonia removal efficiencies range from 86 to 96.4  percent.
Various  designs are used including trayed columns with from 6 to 13
plates  or  packed  columns  containing  3.66  vertical  meters   (12
vertical  feet)   of  Raschig-rings.   Ammonia concentrations in sour
water range from 1000 to 9800 mg/1 at a pH ranging from 8.0 to 9.25.
It should be noted  that  sour  water  strippers  are  designed  for
removing hydrogen sulfide rather than ammonia.  The optimum pH range
of  ammonia  removal  is  within  the range of 10.8 to 11.5 which is
considerably higher than the ranges described  above.   The  removal
efficiencies  will  greatly increase as the pH is adjusted to within
the optimum range.

Steam stripping in the nitrogen fertilizer manufacturing industry is
used to remove ammonia from process condensate.  Packed columns have
yielded effluent ammonia concentrations in the 20 to 30  mg/1  range
at  feed  rates  varying from 7.6 to 10.7 I/sec  (120 to 170 gpm).  A
typical column might be 0.914 m  (3 ft) in diameter and  12.2  m   (40
ft)  high.   Stainless  steel  Pall  rings have been used as packing
material.  Another system uses a trayed stripping column 1.37 m (4.5
ft) in diameter, and 12.2 m {40 ft) high.  The unit will  handle  44
I/sec    (700   gpm)   of  feed  and  produces  an  ammonia  effluent
concentration of less than 5 mg/1.

Air Stripping.  The ammonia stripping  (air) tower is an  economical,
simple,  and  easy-to-control  system.  The process involves raising
the pH of the waste water stream to within  the  range  of  10.8  to
11.5,  the  formation  and reformation of water droplets in a packed
stripping tower,  and  providing  maximum  air-to-water  contact  by
circulating  air  through  the  tower.  Two serious limitations have
been encountered with air strippers:  operational problems can occur
at ambient air temperatures  below  0°C   (32°F),  calcium  carbonate
scaling   has  developed,  which  can  cause  a  loss  in  treatment
efficiency due to a reduction in the amount of air circulated.   The
temperature  limitation  is  not  a  drawback in warm climates.  The
scaling problem may be controlled or eliminated by installing  water
sprays  to  wash  them  away..  Complete  accessibility to the tower
packing will permit mechanically scraping  the  packing.   A  dilute
acid rinse can be used to remove calcium carbonate scale.

Most  research  and development of the various air stripping systems
has involved treating raw domestic waste waters.   At  air-to-liquid
loadings of 3.74 cu m/1  (500 cu ft/gal) and at a pH of 11, one study
reports  ammonia  removals of 92 percent  (from domestic sewage) in a
2.13 m  (7 ft)  tower packed with  1.27  cm   (0.5  in.)  Raschig  rings
loaded at a rate of 12.2 1/min/sg m  (0.3 gpm/sq ft).  In a 7.6 m  (25
ft)  high,  1.83  m  (6 ft) wide, and 1.22 m  (4 ft) deep tower packed
with redwood slats, ammonia removals of 95  percent   (from  domestic
sewage)  were  achieved at a pH of 11.5 and an air-to-liquid loading
of 3.0 cu m/1 (400 cu ft/gal).
                              110

-------
A full-scale ammonia stripping tower has been built at  South  Tahoe
to remove ammonia from domestic sewage.  This tower is of cross-flow
design  and  is  equipped with a two-speed reversible 7.32 m (24 ft)
diameter horizontal fan and packed with treated hemlock slats.    Its
overall  dimensions  are  9.75 m (32 ft) by 19.5 m (64 ft) by 14.3 m
(U7 ft) high, and the tower is designed to  treat  14,200  cu  m/day
(3.75  mgd)  of water.  Treatment efficiencies have been reported to
closely parallel that of the pilot scale tower  from  which  it  was
designed,  but problems have limited winter-time operation.  Ammonia
removal efficiencies on the order of 90  to  95  percent  are  being
consistently achieved in warm weather operation.

A  study  of  air stripping of ammonia from petroleum refinery waste
waters in the 100 mg/1 range reported ammonia  removal  efficiencies
of  greater  than 95 percent at all pH values above 9.0 in a closely
packed aeration tower with an air-to-liquid ratio  of  3.59  cu  m/1
(480 cu ft/gal) .

Ammonia   treatment   efficiencies   have  been  reported  as  being
consistently good when the temperature  of  the  waste  water  being
treated  is  maintained  above 20°C  (67°F).  However, the colder air
and water temperatures in  winter  have  been  observed  to  have   a
pronounced  effect  on  the  ammonia   stripping  efficiency.  It was
determined that during winter operating conditions,  at  an  air-to-
liquid  ratio  of  3.59 cu m/1  (480 cu  ft/gal) and a loading rate of
81.5 1/min sq m  (2.0 gpm/sq ft), temperature drops of from 8 to 10°C
(14-18°F)  occurred when  waste  water   influent  was  introduced  at
temperatures in the 13 to 20°C  (55-67°F) range.

All  the  reported  cold air operational problems should be noted as
having been associated  with  the  stripping  of  ammonia  from  the
effluent   from  a  domestic  sewage  treatment plant.  This effluent
would be relatively cold during winter  operating conditions.  The
effluent from an incandescent  lamp  envelope  manufacturing  plant,
however,   is  at  an  approximate • temperature of 38°C  (100°F), even
during winter operating conditions.

It is unclear whether the conventional air stripping of   ammonia  is
practicable  technology  during  winter operating conditions for the
incandescent    lamp     envelope      manufacturing     subcategory.
Theoretically, the rate at which ammonia strips is a function of the
difference   in  partial  pressures  of  the ammonia dissolved in the
liquid phase and that of the gaseous phase.  Therefore, at the  high
ammonia concentrations experienced in  the incandescent lamp envelope
manufacturing  segment   (approaching   650  mg/1) ,  it  is  not clear
whether the  driving force for ammonia  stripping will be sufficiently
hindered during cold weather to render this technology  impractical.
                               Ill

-------
The ammonia concentrations experienced  in  the  domestic  treatment
field  are  in the range of 12 to 30 mg/1, and the driving force for
stripping is considerably lower at  these  concentrations.   Whether
the  38°C  (100°F)  effluent  temperatures  will  be  sufficient  to
overcome the low air temperatures experienced in  northern  climates
during  winter  operations is indeterminable at this time.  There is
sufficient justification for further research of the application  of
this technique to industrial waste waters.

The most recent advance in the area of ammonia stripping includes an
ammonia  recovery  step.   Preliminary results indicate that most of
the problems usually associated  with  stripping  towers  have  been
overcome.   This  process involves the air stripping of ammonia in a
closed cycle with the gas stream recycled rather  than  outside  air
being  used  in  a single pass manner.  The stripped ammonia is then
absorbed in an absorbing liquid which is maintained at a low  pH  to
convert dissolved ammonia gas to ammonium ion.  The absorbent liquid
initially  is  water  with  acid  added  to  maintain  a low pH.  If
sulfuric acid is added, an ammonium sulfate salt solution is  formed
which  builds  up  in  concentration;  thus,  ammonia  is ultimately
discharged from the stripping unit as a liquid or solid blowdown.

Advantages of this  system  are  that  the  usual  scaling  problems
associated  with ammonia stripping will be eliminated because carbon
dioxide  (which can react with calcium and  hydroxide  ions  to  form
calcium carbonate scale) is eliminated from the stripping air during
the  first  few  passes  as nearly all outside air is excluded.  The
problem of tower freezing is also eliminated due to the exclusion of
outside air in significant quantities.  The  treatment  system  will
normally  operate  at  a  temperature  approaching that of the waste
water itself.  it is estimated that  the  cost  of  this  method  of
treatment  is approximately 1.5 to 2.0 times as much as conventional
air stripping.  However, this cost can be  offset  somewhat  if  the
concentrated  ammonia  is  sold as a by-product, such as fertilizer.
It is predicted that process optimization and sale of the by-product
could yield a cost of approximately the same as that associated with
conventional air stripping, which is usually considerably less  than
that associated with other nitrogen removal techniques.

It  is  apparent  from  the  above  discussion  that  while  the air
stripping of ammonia is not  currently  demonstrated  in  the  glass
manufacturing category, there is sufficient information available to
justify  further  study  of  the application of this ammonia removal
technique.  This further study  could  lead  to  an  economical  and
easily operated procedure of ammonia removal and/or recovery.

Selective Ion Exchange-

In recent years, a considerable amount of experimental work has been
done  with  clinoptilolite,  a  naturally  occurring zeolite that is
selective for the ammonium  ion  in  the  presence  of  calcium  and
magnesium.   The  experimental  work  has been done  primarily  with
                             112

-------
domestic sewage where typical ammonia removals ranging from 93 to 97
percent  were  achieved for influent ammonia nitrogen concentrations
of 10 to 20 mg/1.  The secondary treated sewage was filtered through
a multimedia filter before ammonia removal to  prevent  plugging  of
the exchange media.

The  clinoptilolite  can  be  regenerated  by a lime slurry or by an
electrolytic method.  A mixture of NaCl  and  CaC12  in  a  solution
adjusted  to  a  pH  of about 11 with lime is used to regenerate the
clinoptilolite.  The spent regenerant can then be  air  stripped  to
remove  the ammonia.  Scaling can occur in the exchange columns with
the lime slurry regeneration method.  The electrolytic method uses a
mixture of calcium, sodium, magnesium, and potassium  chlorides  for
eluting   the  ammonia  from  the  beds.   The  regenerant  is  then
introduced into an electrolytic cell in which chlorine  is  produced
and   reacts   with  the  ammonia  to  produce  nitrogen  gas.   The
electrolytic  renovation  of  spent   regenerant   is   economically
competitive  with  air  stripping  and  does not require atmospheric
disposal of the ammonia.

A  high  frequency  of  regeneration  and  resultant   disposal   of
concentrated  regenerant will be required at the high ammonia levels
present in the incandescent lamp  envelope  frosting  waste  waters.
Further  research is required to determine if selective ion exchange
and regenerant recovery can be feasible as a  secondary  method  for
treating   frosting   waste  waters  following  primary  removal  by
stripping.

              and Denitrif ication-
Nitrification.   Nitrification  is  the  biological  conversion   of
litrogen  in organic or inorganic compounds from a more reduced to a
nore oxidized state.  In  the  field  of  water  pollution  control,
nitrification  usually  is  referred  to  as  the  process  in which
ammonium  ions   (NH4.+)  are  oxidized   to   nitrite   and   nitrate
sequentially.   In  the nitrification step, aerobic bacteria convert
the ammonia nitrogen to nitrates.  The nitrification step is carried
out in an aeration chamber with a longer retention  time  and  lower
loading  than  a  conventional activated sludge unit.  The following
equations  describe   the   reactions   which   occur   during   the
nitrification step:
         2NH3   +
         2NO2-  +
302
02
2NO2
2NO3
2H+
2H2O
Factors  that affect the nitrification process include concentration
of  nitrifying  organisms,   temperature,   pH,   dissolved   oxygen
concentration,  and  the  concentration of any inhibiting compounds.
Adequate process design and  operating  control  are  necessary  for
consistent results.
                             113

-------
The  nitrifying  organisms  of  significance in waste management are
autotrophic with Nitrosomonas being the major bacterial genera  that
are  involved.   Nitrifying  bacteria  are  ubiquitous  in  the soil
although they may not  be  part  of  untreated  wastes.   Nitrifying
organisms  are  aerobic  and  adequate  dissolved oxygen (DO)  in the
aeration system is necessary.  DO concentrations should be  above  1
to  2  mg/1  to  assure  consistent nitrification.  Nitrification is
affected by the temperature of the  system.   Available  information
provides  conflicting  data  on  the  performance  of  nitrification
systems at low temperatures.  Although detailed studies are lacking,
it should be possible to achieve nitrification at  low  temperatures
and  compensate  for  slower  nitrifying  organism  growth  rates by
maintaining a longer  solids  detention  time  and  hence  a  larger
nitrifying active mass in the system.

The  optimum  pH  for  nitrification  of  municipal  sewage has been
indicated to be between 7.5 and 8.5.  Nitrification can  proceed  at
low   pH   levels,   but   at   less  than  optimum  rates.   During
nitrification, hydrogen ions are produced and the pH decreases,  the
magnitude  of  the  decrease being related to the buffer capacity of
the system.  A decrease in pH is a practical measure of the onset of
nitrification.
High concentrations  of  un-ionized  ammonia  (NH3)   and  un-ionized
nitrous  acid (HNO2_) can inhibit nitrification.   These compounds can
be in the influent waste water or can be generated as  part  of  the
nitrification process.  The concentrations of un-ionized ammonia and
nitrous acid that are inhibitory and operational approaches to avoid
such  inhibition  have  been  documented.  Using these approaches it
should be possible to operate  nitrification  systems  that  produce
consistent  results  even  with  waste  waters  having high nitrogen
concentrations.

While research on nitrification has been conducted for a  number  of
years,  most  pilot and full-scale studies have been initiated since
1970.  Even though there has been a relatively short time  frame  of
evaluation,  nitrification  is  already  a  very  readily  described
process for which treatment system designs can be implemented.  Most
of  the  applications  have  been  on   municipal   effluents,   but
concentrations  of ammonia in these effluents have ranged between 20
mg/1 and 800 mg/1.  Like any other "tertiary11  level  of  treatment,
nitrification requires more operational attention than has generally
been  given to simple biological treatment, but the applicability of
the process to many types of effluents appears very reasonable.
Nitrification/Denitrification.
	      This
denitrification  is
  two-step
of  primary
 process    of
importance for
     secondary
nitrification  and
removal of the residual ammonia, nitrite, and nitrates in
treatment  systems.  Removal of the above soluble nitrogen forms can
be virtually complete, with nitrogen gas as the end  product.   This
process differs from ammonia stripping and nitrification in that the
latter  processes  convert  or  remove only the ammonia content of a
waste water.
                             114

-------
As described earlier, nitrification is carried out under  controlled
process  conditions  by  aerating  the  waste  water sufficiently to
assure the conversion of the nitrogen in  the  waste  water  to  the
nitrite-nitrate  forms.   The  denitrification  process  reduces the
oxidized nitrogen compounds  (nitrites and nitrates)  to nitrogen  gas
and  nitrogen  oxides  thereby  reducing the nitrogen content of the
waste water as the gases escape from the liquid.

Denitrification takes place in  the  absence  of  dissolved  oxygen.
Additional   important  factors  affecting  denitrification  include
carbon source and temperature.  Denitrification is brought about  by
heterotrophic facultative bacteria.  Generally, high denitrification
rates  require the addition of a biodegradable carbon source such as
sugar, ethyl alcohol, acetic acid, or  methenol.   Methanol  is  the
least  expensive  and  performs  satisfactorily  in  that  it reacts
rapidly  and  provides  for  a  minimal  growth  of  new  organisms.
Investigators  working  on this process have found that a 30-percent
excess of methanol over the stoichiometric amount  is  required,  or
about  3  mg of methanol to  1 mg of nitrate.  The following reaction
takes place if methanol is used as  the  carbon  source  and  proper
conditions are maintained:
        6N03-
5CH30H  =  3N2
5C02
7H20  + 60H-
Denitrification  does  not  take  place  until  the dissolved oxygen
concentration of the waste water is near or at zero.  The  organisms
responsible  for  denitrification are ubiquitous and can adapt to pH
levels  within  the  range  of  about  6.0  to  9.0.   As  with  any
biochemical   process,   denitrification   exhibits   a  temperature
dependency although within the range of 20°C to 30°C, little  effect
has  been  observed.   Denitrification  activity  decreased when the
temperature decreased to 10°C,  Denitrification can be  operated  at
low  temperatures  by  designing  systems with long solids retention
times  (SRT).  For denitrification systems, an SRT of at least 3 to U
days at 20°C and 30°C and 8  days . at  10°C  has  been  recommended.
Nitrate reduction efficiency in denitrification can be controlled by
adjusting  the  SRT  of  the  process  to assure adequate numbers of
denitrifying  organisms  and  adequate  denitrification   rates  . as
environmental conditions change.

In  a  sequential  nitrification/denitrification  process, the waste
water from the denitrification step may be sent to a second aeration
basin, following  denitrification,  where  the  nitrogen  gases  are
stripped  from  the  waste  stream.   The  sludge from each stage is
settled and recycled to preserve the  organisms  required  for  each
step   in   the   process.    The  processes  of  nitrification  and
denitrification can occur  simultaneously  in  aeration  systems  in
which both aerobic and anaerobic portions occur.

Although  nitrification/denitrification  has  not  been  applied  to
pressed an blown glass manufacturing waste water as yet, the process
has been evaluated in a number of bench and pilot scale studies on a
variety    of    wastes.         Anaerobic    processes    evaluated
                            115

-------
as part of the  denitrif ication  sequence  have  included  anaerobic
ponds,  an anaerobic activated sludge system, oxidation ditches, and
anaerobic filters.  Efficient nitrogen  removals  from  agricultural
subsurface  drainage  water  were  accomplished  with  an  anaerobic
filter.  In Germany, the successful  elimination  of  nitrogen  from
sewage and digester supernatant was achieved by first nitrifying the
wastes  and then denitrifying in a separate vessel.  Two- and three-
stage  systems  have   been   shown   to   be   feasible   for   the
nitrification/denitrification  process.   A  pilot model of a three-
stage system using this process  was  developed  at  the  Cincinnati
Water Research Laboratory of the EPA and is being built at Manassas,
Virginia.

The  nitrification  and  denitrif ication methods of nitrogen removal
have been used primarily to treat  municipal  waste  waters.   Pilot
plant work using frosting waste water must be conducted to determine
the feasibility of the method in treating the frosting wastes.  Such
factors  as  the  high  ammonia  levels  (650  mg/1) ,  shock  loads,
biological upsets, and supplemental chemical addition might preclude
the nitrification/denitrification method  as  a  viable  method  for
treating  frosting  waste  waters  alone.   However,  it  may  prove
economical for  a  facility  to  treat  its  combined  sanitary  and
industrial   waste  waters  in  a  nitrification  or  nitrification/
denitrif ication system as is being done in  at  least  one  facility
which handles wastes similar in nature to those characterisic of the
incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing subcategory.

Breakpoint Chlorination-

When  chlorine  is added to waste water containing ammonia nitrogen,
the ammonia reacts with the chlorine to  produce  chloramines.   The
further  addition  of  chlorine up to a "breakpoint" results in con-
verting the chloramines to nitrogen oxide which is released as a gas
to the atmosphere.  Ammonia  nitrogen  in  domestic  sewage  can  be
reduced  to  a  level of 0.1 mg/1 if adequate mixing, dosing, and pH
control are maintained.   The  following  equations  illustrate  the
reactions:
NH3   +   HOC1   =
NH3   +   2HOC1  =
NH2C1 +   NHC12  +
                         NH2C1  (monochloramine)  +  H20
                         NHC12  (dichloramine)    +  2H2O
                         HOC1   =   N2O   +   UHC1
Breakpoint  chlorination  is  a  well understood and well documented
technology.  Applications have centered  on  tertiary  treatment  of
secondary  municipal  wastes, although the concept has been found to
be  useful  as  a  "polishing"  mode  in  conjunction  with  ammonia
stripping.  It appears from the literature that the process offers a
possible  alternative  for ammonia control of ammonia concentrations
similar to those encountered in municipal secondary effluents.
                             116

-------
Approximately eight to ten parts of chlorine to one part of ammonia-
N are required to reach the chlorine breakpoint.  The high  chlorine
dosage results in excessive chemical costs at high ammonia levels in
the   waste   water.    Additional  adverse  effects  of  breakpoint
chlorination include high chlorine residuals and  mineralization  in
the  form  of chlorides.  The high chlorine residuals can be reduced
by carbon contactors before  discharge  to  the  receiving  body  of
water.   Breakpoint  chlorination,  however, will probably not prove
viable for treating frosting waste  because  of  excessive  chemical
costs  due  to  high  concentrations  of  ammonia.   However,  as  a
polishing step subsequent to  air  or  steam .stripping,  breakpoint
chlorination  could  prove  to  be a viable means of attaining water
quality-related limitations.

Lead Removal

Lead is contributed by the waste waters from the television  picture
tube  envelope  and  hand  pressed  and  blown  glass  manufacturing
subcategories.  The lead is primarily in the  form  of  particulates
removed during grinding and polishing of lead crystal and the funnel
section  of  television  picture  tube  envelopes,  and soluble lead
resulting from hydrofluoric acid polishing  of  leaded  glass.   The
primary  methods used to remove lead from waste waters include plain
sedimentation, lime precipitation and sedimentation, and filtration.
Suspended solids are also removed in the lead treatment processes.

Plain sedimentation is relatively effective in removing  particulate
lead  but  not  dissolved lead.  Improved settling is obtained by pH
adjustment to a neutral pH and by lengthened detention time  in  the
clarification unit.

The  lime  precipitation  process  is the most common method used to
treat dissolved lead wastes.  In  the  lead  precipitation  process,
lead  is  precipitated  as  the  carbonate  (PbCO^) or the hydroxide
 (Pb (OH)2).  Conflicting values are given  for  the  optimum  pH  for
precipitating  the  lead  hydroxide:   the suggested pH values range
from 6.0 to 10.0.  Improved removal efficiencies can be obtained  by
adding ferrous sulfate to the lime precipitation process.  Treatment
efficiencies  exceeding  95  percent  have  been  achieved with lime
precipitation plus sedimentation both in full scale and pilot  plant
operations.

In  pilot  plant work and in full scale studies at a municipal water
treatment plant, filtering through a dual media filter was shown  to
futher  reduce  the  lead  content  following lime precipitation and
sedimentation.  Effluent levels were  reduced  almost  an  order  of
magnitude  by  sedimentation  and  filtration  rather  than by sedi-
mentation only.  The additional removals are  obtained  by  removing
poorly  settling lead hydroxide particles that are carried over from
the clarification units.

The lead wastes from the pressed and blown glass segment are treated
in   conjunction with  the  fluoride  waste  waters.  The  point  of
                              117

-------
application of the lead waste varies; at one picture  tube  envelope
plant the lead wastes are treated by coagulation and then allowed to
settle with the lime treated wastes.  At another picture tube plant,
the  lime treated fluoride wastes are settled in a primary clarifier
and the lead abrasive wastes  are  added  to  the  treated  fluoride
wastes  and  settled  again.  The effluent from the two-stage system
contains about 1 mg/1 of  lead.   The  lead  wastes  settle  readily
because the lead is in the particulate form.

SUGGESTED TREATMENT TECHNOLOGY

As   was  indicated  in  the  previous  section,  several  treatment
technologies are usually  available  to  reduce  a  given  pollutant
parameter.   This  section  discusses  the  application  of specific
methods of treatment which may be employed for each  subcategory  to
achieve   the   effluent  limitations  and  new  source  performance
standards recommended in Sections IX, X, and XI.  These technologies
are not to be construed as the only means for achieving  the  stated
effluent  levels,  but  are  considered  to  be  feasible methods of
treatment  based  on  available  information.   The  cost  estimates
developed in Section VIII are based on these technologies.

Glass Container Manufacturing

As  was  stated  in  Section V, waste water results from forming and
cullet quenching in the manufacture of glass  containers.   In  most
plants,  these  waste  waters  are combined with non-contact cooling
water prior to discharge; however, in some cases a  portion  of  the
cooling  water  is  used  for  cullet  quenching.  Oil and suspended
solids are the only significant parameters contained in  this  waste
water.   The  quantity  of  pollutants  discharged may be reduced by
recycling the cullet quench water and treating  the  blowdown  using
dissolved air flotation followed by diatomaceous earth filtration as
illustrated in Figure 11.

Existing Treatment and Control (Alternative A)-

Both  in-plant techniques and end-of-pipe methods have been employed
to reduce  pollutant  discharge.    Many  plants  have  achieved  low
effluent levels with only in-plant methods, and the presence of end-
of-pipe treatment systems has not necessarily assured a high quality
effluent.   A  number  of  plants  without end-of-pipe treatment are
achieving low discharge levels while several plants  with  treatment
are discharging at rather high levels.

The  typical  combined  cooling  and  cullet quench water flow for a
glass container plant is 2,920 I/metric ton  (700  gal/ton)  with  53
percent  of  the  total  flow being process water.  Suspended solids
discharges of 70 g/metric ton  (0.1U Ib/ton) and oil discharges of 30
g/metric ton  (0.06  Ib/ton)  are  presently  being  achieved  by  70
percent of the 40 plants for which data are available.  These values
correspond  to  2U  mg/1 for suspended solids and 10 mg/1 for oil at
the typical flow.
                              118

-------
                    GULLET
WATER
RETURN TO
riiiin-niiCMrH
       1
                  GULLET QUENCH
                           1
                    GRAVITY OIL SEPARATOR
>
GULLET
                                SLOWDOWN
                  DISSOLVED AIR FLOTATION
                       .
                           1
                       DIATOMACEOUS

                        EARTH FILTER
                                                ••SLUDGE TO
                                                LAND  DISPOSAL
                                                      TO
                                                LAND DISPOSAL
                     SURFACE DISCHARGE



                        FIGURE  11


                WASTE WATER  TREATMENT


             GLASS CONTAINER MANUFACTURING


   MACHINE PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING
                           119

-------
These  effluent  levels  should  be readily achievable by all plants
with a minimum of in-plant modification  or  end-of-pipe  treatment.
In-plant  modifications  to reduce pollutant discharge include shear
spray collection of forming machine shop oil,  or  modified  cleanup
procedures.   Many plants collect and recycle shear spray.  Pans are
placed around the shears to collect as much of the excess  spray  as
possible.   The  collected  material is filtered and returned to the
shear spray make-up tank.  Approximately 70  percent  of  the  shear
spray  can be recovered in this manner.  In some plants, troughs are
built around  the  forming  machines  to  collect  the  oily  runoff
resulting  from  excess lubrication and leaks.  The oily waste flows
by gravity to a storage tank and is  periodically  hauled  away  for
reclamation or disposal.

It is the practice of many plants to periodically hose down the area
around  the  forming  machines.   It  may  be  possible to use a dry
removal method for at least part of the cleanup.   One  of  the  oil
adsorptive sweeping compounds might be used and disposed of as solid
waste, thereby eliminating some of the oil discharged into the waste
water system.

End-of-pipe  treatment  might  involve  some  type  of sedimentation
system with oil removal  capability.   This  will  serve  to  reduce
suspended  solids  and  free  oil  but will not significantly reduce
emulsified  oil.   Although  end-bf-pipe   treatment   systems   are
presently  being  used by some plants, it would appear that in-plant
techniques will be more effective and less expensive to achieve  the
suggested effluent levels.

Recycle with Dissolved Air Flotation of Slowdown (Alternative B)-

Effluent  levels  can  be  further reduced by segregating the cullet
quench water from the cooling water  system,  recycling  the  cullet
quench  water  through a gravity separator and treating the blowdown
using dissolved air flotation.  Suspended solids and oil will  build
up   in   the   recirculation   system,  but  the  dissolved  solids
concentration will probably be limiting.  A conservative value of  5
percent blowdown is assumed, based on the operating dissolved solids
level  of  approximately  1700  mg/1  in an existing recycle system.
Dissolved solids levels of 4000-5000 mg/1 are  probably  acceptable,
but supportive data are not presently available.  A cooling tower is
not  considered necessary.  Existing recycle systems use only a tank
that serves as the recycling pump wet well and  from  which  oil  is
removed using a belt skimmer.

Segregation  of  the  non-contact cooling water and recycle with a 5
percent blowdown will reduce the  typical  contact  water  discharge
flow  to  77 I/metric ton (18.5 gal/ton).  Blowdown from the recycle
system can be  treated  to  2  g/metric  ton  (O.OOU  Ib/ton)   using
dissolved   air  flotation.    COD  is  expected  to  be  reduced  in
proportion  to  the  oil  removed.    The   sludge   production   is
approximately   1900   I/day   (500  gal/day)  at  3  percent  solids
concentration.
                                 Z20

-------
Several glass container plants are presently recycling cullet quench
water to conserve water, but none are treating  the  blowdown  using
dissolved  air  flotation.  This technology is practiced in the flat
glass industry and should be readily transferable to the pressed and
blown glass industry.   It  has  been  reported  that  a  new  glass
container  plant will employ this technology but at the present time
no operating data has been generated and  no  pilot  or  bench-scale
data has been submitted to the Agency.

At  least  one  plant  has  recently begun treating a portion of the
recycling quench water using diatomaceous earth  filtration.   Long-
term  operating  data  for  this  system  are  not available.  It is
possible that diatomaceous earth filtration will  not  be  effective
for  the  high  oil  concentrations  in  a  recycling system or that
excessive diatomaceous earth  usage  will  be  required.   For  this
reason,  the proposed model system includes dissolved air flotation,
prior to diatomaceous earth filtration, to lessen the oil loading to
the diatomaceous earth filter.

Diatomaceous Earth Filtration  (Alternative C]_-

Diatomaceous earth filtration may be employed to further reduce  the
oil  and  suspended  solids in the dissolved air flotation discharge
stream to less than  10 mg/1 or 0.8  g/metric  ton   (0.0016  Ib/ton).
Approximately  50  I/day  (13 gal/day) of 15 percent solids sludge is
produced.  This technology has  been  commonly  employed  for  steam
condensate  treatment  and  should  be  readily  transferable to the
pressed and blown glass industry.  As stated  above,  at  least  one
plant  is  presently employing  the  diatomaceous  earth filtration
technology.

Rather than treat to such a low effluent level, it may  be  feasible
for  a  plant  to  consider  complete  recycle  or  discharge of the
blowdown  into  the  batch.    Several  container  manufacturers  are
investigating  this  possibility and a number of plants have achieved
nearly complete recycle.  More data  than  was  available  for  this
study  will  be  necessary  to  evaluate  the  feasibility  of  zero
discharge through application of this technique.

Machine Pressed and  Blown Glass Manuf acturing

Owing to similar manufacturing techniques,  waste  water  resulting
from  machine  pressing   and   blowing  of  glass is similar to glass
container manufacturing waste water.  Oil and suspended  solids  are
the  significant  pollutant  parameters  and  their discharge may be
reduced by recycling the  cullet quench water and then  treating  the
blowdown.    The  machine pressed  and  blown  glass  manufacturing
subcategory  is the subject of  further study  at  the  present  time.
The  results  of  this  study  will  be  presented  in a supplemental
document at  a later  date.
                               121

-------
Glass Tubing (Dannerj Manufacturing

Process waste water  in  the  glass  tubing   (Danner)  manufacturing
subcategory results from cullet quenching during periods when normal
production  has  been  interrupted.   In  most plants, cullet quench
water is combined with non-contact cooling water prior to discharge.
Suspended solids is the only significant  pollutant  in  the  quench
water  along  with  small  quantities  of  tramp  oil.  Recycle with
treatment of the  blowdown,  as  illustrated  in  Figure  12,  is  a
feasible method of treatment.

Existing Treatment and Control (Alternative AI-

Owing  to  the  high  quality and erratic discharge of cullet quench
water, no plants presently treat this source of  waste  water.   All
four  of the plants for which data are available presently achieve a
discharge of less than 225 g/metric ton  (0.45 Ib/ton)  of  suspended
solids,  and 85 g/metric ton (0.17 Ib/ton) of oil.  This corresponds
to 27 mg/1 of suspended solids and 10 mg/1 of  oil  at  the  typical
combined  cullet  quench water and non-contact cooling water flow of
8,340 I/metric ton (2,000 gal/ton).

Recycle with Diatomaceous Earth Filtration of Slowdown   (Alternative
BI-

Because  cullet  quench  water accounts for only five percent of the
combined flow,  it  is  possible  to  further  reduce  the  oil  and
suspended  solids levels by segregating the cullet quench water from
the non-contact cooling water, recycling the quench water through  a
cooling  tower,  and  treating the blowdown using diatomaceous earth
filtration.  A flow over the cooling tower  of  12.6  I/second  (200
gpm)  for  the  typical  plant  is assumed.  Assuming a five percent
blowdown, the discharge will be 21 I/metric ton   (5  gal/ton).   The
minimum allowable blowdown is unknown because this technology is not
presently employed in the glass tubing industry, but five percent is
considered  a conservative estimate.  Suspended solids will probably
be limiting because only negligible dissolved solids increases  were
noted  in  the  available  data.   It is anticipated that at least a
portion of the suspended solids can  be  removed  in  a  glass  trap
associated with the collection sump.

It  may  be  possible  to  use  a  tank  rather than a cooling tower
provided sufficient water can be stored  to  sufficiently  dissipate
the  heat in the glass to be quenched.  Information to calculate the
required storage volume is not available and, therefore,  a  cooling
tower is assumed for the purpose of this analysis.

Blowdown from the recycling system can be treated at a constant rate
using  diatomaceous  earth  filtration.   Approximately  15 I/day  (4
gal/day) of 15 percent solids sludge will be produced.  Diatomaceous
earth filtration is used to treat boiler condensate and  is  readily
transferable to the glass tubing  (Danner) manufacturing subcategory.
Refer  to  earlier  portions  of  this  section  for  more  detailed
information.


                              122

-------
WATER.
                    GULLET
                      GULLET QUENCH
GULLET
                       A
     RETURN TO
     GULLET QUENCH
                      COOLMQ TOWER
                                SLOWDOWN
                       DIATOIMCEOUS

                        EARTH FILTER
      TO
LAND DISPOSAL
                       fi
                     SURFACE DISCHARQE



                       FIGURE 12


                WASTE WATER TREATMENT


              GLASS TUBING MANUFACTURING
                          123

-------
Treatment of the  blowdown  from  the  cullet  quench  recirculation
system  by  sand filtration or disposal of the blowdown in the batch
are other alternatives; tne latter will allow for zero  waste  water
discharge.   The  typical  blowdown  is approximately 1.5 percent by
weight of the furnace fill, well  within  the  range  of  the  three
percent of water added when batch wetting is used-

Television Picture Tube Envelope Manufacturing

Waste  waters  are produced during both the forming and finishing of
television picture tube envelopes.  Cullet quench water contains low
concentrations of oil and suspended  solids  and  does  not  require
further  treatment.   Finishing  waste  water,  produced by acid and
abrasive polishing of television picture tube screens  and  funnels,
contains  high  concentrations  of  suspended  solids, fluoride, and
lead.  The acid and abrasive wastes are presently treated using lime
precipitation, coagulation, and sedimentation  but  effluent  levels
can  be  further  reduced  by  sand filtration followed by activated
alumina adsorption.  These treatment technologies are illustrated in
Figure 13.

Existing Treatment and control (Alternative AL~

Television picture tube envelope  manufacturing  plants  employ  in-
plant  methods  of  water conservation and end-of-pipe treatment for
fluoride, lead, and suspended solids removal.  Because many  of  the
plants  have  been built within the last 10 years and all within the
last 25 years, relatively  good  water  conservation  is  practiced.
Abrasive  grinding  slurries are recycled to recover usable abrasive
material and only the particles too small to be of further value are
discharged.  Rinse waters  are  recycled  where  possible  by  using
countercurrent  or overflow type rinse tanks.  Some final rinses are
once through because a high quality water  is  required  to  prevent
spotting.   It  may  be  possible  to  recycle  this  water for less
critical uses.  Spent  acid  solutions  are  either  bled  into  the
treatment  system at a slow rate or returned to the manufacturer for
recovery and recycling.

All of the  plants,  for  which  information  was  available,  treat
abrasive  and  acid  polishing  waste  waters  by lime precipitation
followed by combined coagulation and sedimentation  of  the  calcium
fluoride precipitate and abrasive waste suspended solids.  The pH is
reduced where necessary and sulfuric acid is generally used.  Vacuum
filtration  is  the most common method of dewatering, and the sludge
is disposed of as landfill.  One plant reports sludge production  of
20.9  metric  tons/day   (23  tons/day). The cullet quench waters are
combined with non-contact cooling water prior to discharge  and  are
not  treated.   The  typical combined non-contact cooling and cullet
quench  water  flow  is  8,080  I/metric  ton   (1,940  gal/ton)  and
suspended  solids  and  oil  concentrations  are below 5 mg/1.  When
combined with the treatment plant effluent, the total  typical  flow
is 12,500 I/metric ton  (3,000 gal/ton).
                               124

-------
WATER
  ACID
POLISHING
 RETURN TO
PRECIPITATION
t
               BACKWASH
                WATER
            ~
                 SPENT
              REGENERANT
                                 WATER
                                   ABRASIVE
                                   POUSHIMQ
                           LJ
                                                        WATER
                              PRECIPITATION
                              COAGULATION
                              SEDIMENTATION
                       ±
                                              SLUDGE
                             pH ADJUSTMENT
                                                DEWTER
                                                 LAND
                                                DISPOSAL
                                 ;  X"
                             SAND FLTRATON
                                       CAUSTIC REGENERANT
                                     ±
                   ACTIVATED ALUMINA
                      FILTRATION
                                J
                                                               GULLET
GULLET
QUENCH
                                                          I
                           SURFACE DISCHARGE


                                     FIGURE 13

                               WASTE WATER TREATMENT

                    TELEVISION PICTURE TUBE ENVELOPE MANUFACTURING
                                                                              GULLET
                                       125

-------
Effluent  levels  of  150  g/metric  ton (0.30 Ib/ton)  for suspended
solids, 130 g/metric ton (0.26 Ib/ton)   for  oil,  70  g/metric  ton
(0.1** Ib/ton)  for fluoride, and 4.5 g/metric ton (0.0090 Ib/ton)  for
lead can be achieved using existing treatment methods and equipment.
These values are equivalent to concentrations in the treatment plant
effluent   of   15   mg/1  of  fluoride  and  1  mg/1  of  lead  and
concentrations in the  combined  treated  and  cullet  quench  water
streams  of  10  mg/1 for oil and 12 mg/1 for suspended solids.  The
fluoride and lead concentrations in the combined flow are  5.6  mg/1
and  0.36  mg/1,  respectively.  Of the four television picture tube
envelope manufacturing plants for which data were  available,  three
of  the  four  presently  achieve  the  above  discharge  level  for
suspended solids, two of three for oil, three of four for  fluoride,
and  all  meet the discharge level for lead.  All plants can achieve
these levels  by  upgrading  the  operation  of  existing  treatment
systems   and   by  improving  housekeeping  to  minimize  pollutant
discharge from the forming area.

Sand Filtration  (Alternative B)_-

Fluoride  and  lead  precipitates  that  are  not   removed   during
sedimentation  may  be further reduced by filtering the lime treated
effluent using sand or graded media.  The  filter  backwash  can  be
returned to the head of the lime treatment system and, therefore, no
additional  sludge  handling equipment is required.  Filtration will
reduce the fluoride to less than 13 mg/1, the lead to 0.1 mg/1,  and
the  suspended  solids  to  less  than  10  mg/1.   The  total plant
discharge, including the treated  effluent  and  the  cullet  quench
water,' will  be  reduced  to  130  g/metric  ton  (0.26 Ib/ton)  for
suspended solids, 60 g/metric ton  (0.12 Ib/ton)  for  fluoride,  and
.45  g/metric  ton  (0.0009  Ib/ton) for lead.  The concentration of
pollutants in the total typical plant discharge for  this  level  of
treatment will be 10 mg/1 for suspended solids, 10 mg/1 for oil,  4.8
mg/1 for fluoride, and 0.036 mg/1 for lead.

Filtration  of waste water is not presently practiced in the pressed
and blown glass industry,  but  is  a  commonly  employed  treatment
method  used in the water treatment industry, usually following lime
softening.

Activated Alumina Filtration  (Alternative C)-

Reduction of fluoride to less than 2.0 mg/1 can be  accomplished  by
passing the effluent from the sand filter through a bed of activated
alumina.   The  activated  alumina  may  be  regenerated with sodium
hydroxide  (rinsing with sulfuric acid may  be  necessary  to  reduce
causticity)  or  mineral  acid.   If  sodium  hydroxide is used,  the
regenerant may be returned to the head of the lime treatment  system
for removal of the fluoride.  If a mineral acid such as hydrochloric
acid is used, it may be necessary to include separate neutralization
and sludge handling facilities to treat the spent regenerant stream.
The costs presented in Section VIII of this document reflect the use
of   hydrochloric  acid  as  the  regenerant  and  include  separate
neutralization  and   sludge   handling   facilities.    With   this
                            126

-------
technology, the fluoride discharge will be reduced to 9 g/metric ton
(0.018  Ib/ton)  and  the  concentration  of  fluoride  in the total
typical plant discharge will be 0.72 mg/1.

Activated alumina is not presently used in  the  pressed  and  blown
glass  segment,  but  has  been  successfully used for many years at
several  potable  water  treatment  plants  in  the  United  States.
Experiments  have  indicated that the higher pH associated with lime
treatment will not adversely affect the fluoride removal capability.

All plants should be able to reduce the average effluent of fluoride
waste waters to 2.0 mg/1 using this technology.

Incandescent Lamp Envelope Manuf acturing

Waste waters are produced during both forming and  frosting  in  the
manufacture  of  incandescent  lamp envelopes.  Cullet quench waters
contain small quantities of oil and suspended solids,  and  frosting
waste waters contain moderate concentrations of suspended solids and
high* concentrations  of  fluoride and ammonia.  Frosting wastes are
presently  treated  for  fluoride  removal,  but   ammonia   removal
techniques  are  currently not employed.  Treatment methods that may
be employed to reduce the level  of  pollutants  discharged  by  the
incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing  subcategory are illustrated
in Figure 14.

Existing Treatment and Control  (Alternative AJ_-

Most  of  the treatment methods presently in use in the incandescent
lamp envelope manufacturing subcategory can  be  considered  end-of-
pipe  methods.   Cullet quench waters are discharged untreated or at
some plants belt type oil skimmers are used to skim  free  oil  from
pump  or  discharge sumps.  Frosting waste waters are treated in all
cases using lime precipitation for  fluoride  and  suspended  solids
removal;  however,  this  sytem  is ineffective for ammonia removal.
Some ammonia discharge is eliminated by   separate  disposal  of  the
concentrated  etching  sblution.   At  least  one plant recovers the
salts from this solution by evaporating most of the water  and  then
allowing  the  sludge  to  air  dry.   Other  plants truck the spent
frosting solution to permanent storage.

The percentage of lamp envelopes frosted  varies from plant to  plant
and,  therefore,  the  cullet  quench and frosting waste waters from
this  subcategory  must  be  categorized   separately.    Pollutants
discharged in the cullet quench water as  a result of forming will be
expressed  in  terms  of  metric tons  (tons) pulled from the furnace
while the pollutant  parameters  contributed  by  frosting  will  be
expressed in terms of the metric tons  (tons) pulled for the frosting
line.   This  value  is  'calculated  by   multiplying the metric tons
 (tons) pulled by the percentage of the plant output that is frosted.
A plant frosting 85 percent of its production has been  assumed  for
cost estimating purposes and is presented in Section VIII.
                               127

-------
                                     CULLET
mam 	 k










RETURN TO

BACKWASH
WATER


SPENT
BQENERANT




ETCHMO PROCESS
(FROSTING)
|
PRECIPITATION
COAOULATION
SHMMENTATION
1 !~.
* 1
*
RECARBOMATKM
|
HEAT EXCHANOER
±STEM

STEAM STMPPMQ

1 i r


t jr
ACTnwnEO ALUMMA
FCTRATION
IV
1
L
	 ^ cut
WTCT p QU1|


aujo^
DEWKTBI '
I
onmu.



I* AMMONIA QAS
+•


\
1


1C REOENERANT


.
1
MATONU
EARTH

S ->—



r

t












tce°* .^ksOLDS TO
FILTER F'LAND DMPOSAL

               FIGURE 14
          WASTE WATER TREATMENT
INCANDESCENT LAMP GLASS  MANUFACTURING

                 128

-------
Little  information is available on the quality of quench water, but
it is apparent that all plants can achieve a level of  115  g/metric
ton   (0.23  Ib/ton) suspended solids and oil.  This is equivalent to
25 mg/1 at the typical cullet quench,water flow  of  4,500  I/metric
ton   (1,080  gal/ton) .   Plants not presently achieving these levels
can apply many of the methods for  improved  housekeeping  described
for  the glass container manufacturing subcategory.  Much of the oil
and suspended solids originates in the ribbon machine area.  Careful
attention  to  coolant  spray  and  lubrication  techniques   should
eliminate  excessive oil discharges.  It might be necessary, in some
cases, to collect the highly contaminated waste  waters  that  occur
during  clean-up  for  separate  disposal  or  treatment in the lime
treatment system.

Frosting waste waters are treated using lime to precipitate  calcium
fluoride,  followed by flocculation and sedimentation.  The effluent
pH is lowered to at least 9.0 at most plants and  neutralization  is
considered  typical.   It  is  possible, using existing equipment to
treat frosting waste waters to levels of 230  g/metric  ton  frosted
(0.46  Ib/ton  frosted)  for  suspended  solids and 115 g/metric ton
frosted  (0.23  Ib/ton  frosted)  for  fluoride.   These  levels  are
equivalent  to  58  mg/1,  and 29 mg/1, respectively, at the typical
flow of 3,960 I/metric  ton  frosted   (950  gal/ton  frosted).   The
typical  fluoride  concentration  of  29  mg/1 is higher than can be
achieved with equivalent treatment technology in the television  and
handmade  subcategories  because  of apparent interference by one or
more constituents of  the  frosting  solution.   The  data  indicate
consistently higher effluents from incandescent lamp envelope plants
than are obtained in television picture tube envelope plants.

A  typical plant that frosts 85 percent of its production would have
a total effluent concentration of 39 mg/1 for suspended  solids,  15
mg/1  for  oil,  12.4  mg/1  for fluoride, and 275 mg/1 for ammonia.
When the combined forming and frosting waste waters are  considered,
two  of  the  five plants for which data are available are presently
achieving the recommended level  for  suspended  solids,  three  are
achieving  the  recommended  level  for  oil,  two are achieving the
recommended level for fluoride, and no plant  significantly  reduces
ammonia.

Plants  that  are  not  achieving  these effluent levels can upgrade
their treatment systems using the methods discussed earlier  in  the
treatment  technology  section.   It  is likely that, in many cases,
excessive fluoride  discharge  is  associated  with  poor  suspended
solids  removal.   Improvements to optimize suspended solids removal
such   as   careful   control   of   flocculation,    addition    of
polyelectrolytes  or  other  coagulant  aids,  sludge  recycle,  and
reduced weir overflow rates may be employed  in  an  existing  waste
water treatment plant with a minimum of modification.
                           129

-------
Sand Filtration and Ammonia Removal (Alternative B)-

Fluoride  in  the frosting waste waters may be further reduced using
sand filtration.  The filter backwash may be returned to the head of
the lime precipitation system for treatment and disposal.  Suspended
solids can be reduced to  40  g/metric  ton  frosted  (0.080  Ib/ton
frosted)  and fluoride to no more than 52 g/metric ton frosted (0.104
Ib/ton   frosted)   using   this  technology.   These  loadings  are
equivalent to 10 mg/1 and 13  mg/1,  respectively,  at  the  typical
frosting  waste  water  flow rate.  This technology is not presently
employed in the pressed and blown glass industry, but has been  used
for many years for potable water treatment.

The  ammonia  in  the  frosting waste water can be reduced to a more
acceptable level by steam stripping.  This and other ammonia removal
technologies are discussed in detail  in  the  treatment  technology
section.  One possible configuration is recarbonation, followed by a
heat exchanger, and then the stripping column.

Recarbonation   will  stabilize  the  excess  calcium  in  the  lime
treatment discharge and control pH.  Further experimentation will be
required to determine the  optimum  location  of  the  recarbonation
step.  Ammonia removal efficiency increases as the pH increases, but
the  calcium  may  precipitate  in the stripping column and the heat
exchanger and form calcium carbonate scale.  It is probable  that  a
trade-off exists between ammonia removal efficiency and scaling.  It
is  possible that recarbonation will be more advantageous subsequent
to steam stripping.  Purchased CO2 is assumed in the cost  estimate,
but  the  melting  furnace  stack  gas  is rich in CO2_ and should be
considered as a possible source.  The heat  exchanger  will  preheat
the  water  entering  the  stripper  while  cooling  the water being
discharged, thus minimizing fuel requirements.

A packed or tray type column can be used.  It is estimated that  one
pound  of  steam  will be required for each gallon of water treated.
Additional plant boiler capacity to meet this requirement is assumed
to be a necessary expense.  The waste heat discharged up the melting
tank stack may be a potential source of heat, but  this  possibility
can  only  be  hypothesized  pending  further  investigation  by the
industry.  The stripped ammonia vapor discharge  may  be  above  the
threshold  of  odor,  in  which  case  it  should  be  vented to the
atmosphere through the melting tank stacks.  Refer to  Section  VIII
for a more detailed discussion of this subject.

Frosting  waste  water  ammonia  levels  can  be  reduced  from  2.6
kg/metric ton frosted (5.2 Ib/ton frosted)  to  0.12  kg/metric  ton
frosted    (0.24   Ib/ton   frosted)  using  this  technology.   This
corresponds to an effluent concentration of 30 mg/1 at  the  typical
flow.

The alternative methods of ammonia removal discussed earlier in this
section  should  also  be  carefully  investigated before an ammonia
removal system is chosen.  Air stripping has been employed with some
success in several domestic sewage treatment  plants  and  may  have


                            130

-------
potential  in  the  glass  industry.   Ion-exchange  appears to have
potential as a polishing step following air or steam stripping,  but
is  still  in  the  experimental  stage and, therefore, has not been
recommended.  Steam stripping is a demonstrated  technology  and  is
presently  being  successfully  used for ammonia removal in both the
petroleum and fertilizer industries.

Diatomaceous Earth Filtration {Alternative Cl-

The oil and suspended solids in  the  cullSt  quench  water  can  be
reduced  using  diatomaceous  earth  filtration.   The cullet quench
water troughs can be intercepted and the water filtered  through  an
oil  adsorptive  diatomaceous  earth  media.   A  dry discharge type
filter  will  produce  a  sludge   cake   suitable   for   landfill.
Approximately  0.54  cu  m/day   (0.7 cu yd/day) of 15 percent solids
sludge  will  be  produced.   With  this  technology,  the  oil  and
suspended  solids concentrations can be reduced to less than 10 mg/1
or 23 g/metric ton  (0.045 Ib/ton).  A similar  treatment  technology
is presently practiced in at least one glass container plant.

Activated Alumina Filtration (Alternative gj_-

Fluoride  in  the   frosting waste water may be further reduced using
activated alumina filtration.  It may be possible for the  activated
alumina to serve the dual function of filtering suspended solids and
adsorbing   fluoride,  but  this  is  doubtful  at  the  anticipated
suspended solids loading.  The activated alumina regenerant  can  be
returned  to the head of the lime precipitation system for treatment
and disposal if sodium hydroxide is  used  as  the  regenerant.   If
hydrochloric  acid  is  used,  it  may  prove  necessary  to provide
separate facilities to neutralize the spent regenerant waste stream.
The costs presented in Section VIII reflect the use of  hydrochloric
acid  as  the  regenerant  and   include  the  costs  associated with
separate neutralization and sludge  handling  facilities.   Fluoride
can  be  reduced  to 7.9 g/metric ton frosted  (0.016 Ib/ton frosted)
using this technology.  This loading is  equivalent  to  2  mg/1  of
fluoride at the typical frosting waste water flow rate.

This  technology  is not presently employed in the pressed and blown
glass industry, but has been used for many years for  potable  water
treatment.

Hand Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing

Significant  sources  of  waste  water in the hand pressed and blown
glass manufacturing subcategory  result  from  finishing  operations.
At least six  waste water producing processes are  presently used in
                            131

-------
the  industry.   These  have  been  classified  as   crack-off   and
hydrofluoric   acid   polishing,  grinding  and  polishing,  machine
cutting,  alkali   washing,   hydrofluoric   acid   polishing,   and
hydrofluoric  acid etching.  Some plants employ all of the finishing
steps, while others use only one or two, but grinding and  polishing
is  probably  the  most  frequently used.  Owing to the variation in
finishing steps, it is impossible  to  generalize  the  industry  in
terms of a typical plant.

The  waste  water  constituents  requiring  treatment  are suspended
solids, fluoride, and lead, but all of these are  not  contained  in
each  type  of  waste  water.  High and low pH values have also been
observed, and neutralization may be required in some cases.   Figure
15 illustrates the sequence of treatments that might be employed for
a  waste  water  containing all of these constituents.  This type of
treatment  system  would  apply  to  those   plants   which   employ
hydrofluoric  acid finishing techniques to leaded or unleaded glass.
Figure 16 illustrates the  sequence  of  treatments  that  might  be
employed  to  a waste containing only suspended solids.  This system
would be applicable to those plants which produce leaded or unleaded
glass and do not employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques.

Very limited data were available from the  hand  pressed  and  blown
industry; therefore, the information presented in this subsection is
almost  entirely  the result of plant visits and field sampling done
as part of this study.  Owing to the small  size  of  the  companies
within  the  industry,  the  low  waste  water  volumes, the lack of
significant quantities of cooling  water  that  could  be  used  for
dilution,  and  the very limited data available, achievable effluent
levels in the hand pressed and blown glass manufacturing subcategory
are expressed in terms of milligrams per liter  (mg/1).

Tables 14  and  15  present  a  summary  of  the  current  operating
practices   of  the  hand  pressed  and  blown  glass  manufacturing
subcategory.   Forty-two  plants  were  contacted  with  regard   to
treatment   practices,   type   of  glass  produced,  and  finishing
techniques employed.  It should be noted that the majority (69%)  of
the plants either discharge to municipal systems or do not  discharge
process  waste  water.  Treatment practices for the remaining 31% of
the subcategory vary from no treatment  to  sedimentation  to  batch
lime precipitation.

Plants  which  employ  hydrofluoric  acid finishing techniques would
have potential problems with regard to fluoride,  suspended  solids,
and,  in the case of leaded glass production, lead.  Plants which do
not  employ  hydrofluoric  acid  finishing  techniques  would   have
potential  problems  with  regard  to suspended solids.  A treatment
system for the removal of lead and fluoride from waste  water  would
include batch lime precipitation, sand filtration, and ion exchange,
while  for  removal  of  suspended solids would include coagulation,
sedimentation, and sand filtration.  For this reason, two  treatment
schemes are discussed; the first is applicable to those plants which
employ  acid finishing techniques to leaded or unleaded glass, while
                                132

-------
                         WATER
                   RETURN TO
                  PRECIPITATION
t
                          BACKWASH
                           WATER
                      t
                            SPENT
                         REOENERANT
FINISHING OPERATIONS
                                                1
PRECIPITATION
COAGULATION
SEDIMENTATION

1
                                                                SLUDGE
                                                                   DEWATER
                                           RECARBONATION
                                                                     LAND
                                                                   DISPOSAL
                                            .
                                                        WATER
                                           SAND FILTRATION
                                                        CAUSTIC REQENERANT
 ACTNATED M.UJMM
    FILTRATION
                                          SURFACE CHSCHAHGE



                                             FIGURE  15


                                     WASTE VM4TER TREATMENT


                         HAND PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING
                                                133

-------
       WATER
                FINISHING OPERATIONS
                              i
                          COAGULATION
                          SEDIMENTATION
                          B
                                              SLUDGE
  RETURN TO
 COAGULATION
SEDIMENTATION
   t
BACKWASH
  WATER
                                                   LAND
                                                 DISPOSAL
                                      WATER
                         SAND FILTRATION
                            FIGURE 16
                     WASTE WATER  TREATMENT
        HAND PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS  MANUFACTURING
                              134

-------
                               TABLE 14

         Current Treatment Practices Within the Hand Pressed
              and Blown Glass Manufacturing Subcategory
Treatment Practice

No Discharge
Treatment with Surface
  Discharge
No Treatment with Surface
  Discharge
Municipal Discharge

Total in Survey
        No.  of Plants

                6

                7

                6
               23
          Percentage  of Subcategory

                      14.3

                      16.7

                      14.3
                      54.7
               42
                     100.0
                               TABLE 15

         Current Operating Practices Within the Hand PresseM
              and Blown Glass Manufacturing Subcategory
       Type of Glass Produced
             No.     Percentage
Leaded Glass  4
Non-Leaded
  Glass      38
  9.5

 90.5

TOOT
                           Finishing Techniques
                                  No.     Percentage
Employ HF     19
Do Not
  Employ HF   23
 45.3

 54.7

TOO"
                                   135

-------
the second is applicable to those plants which do  not  employ  acid
finishing techniques.


Treatment System Applicable to Plants which Employ Hydrofluoric Acid
Finishing Techniques

Existing Treatment and Control (Alternative AJ_-

Very  few hand pressed and blown glass plants are presently treating
waste waters; however, a few plants have lime precipitation  systems
for  fluoride  and lead removal.  In most cases, flows are low, less
than 38 cu m/day  (10,000 gpd).  Significant quantities of pollutants
may be discharged, however, and could have a detrimental effect on a
small receiving stream.

Batch Freeipitation and Recarbonation (Alternative BJ_-

Fluoride, lead, and suspended  solids  concentrations  can  be  sig-
nificantly  reduced  using  batch  lime  precipitation  followed  by
coagulation, sedimentation, and recarbonation for pH  reduction  and
calcium  stabilization.   Using this system, the daily flow of waste
water might  be  collected  in  a  tank  equipped  with  a  stirring
mechanism.  At the end of the day, lime and polyelectrolyte would be
added  to  precipitate  fluoride  or  lead  where  removal  of these
constituents was required.  The tank would be slowly stirred  for  a
sufficient  time  to  allow optimum flocculation and then allowed to
settle overnight.   The  following  day  the  supernatant  would  be
transferred  to  a  second  tank  for  recarbonation  and additional
sedimentation, and the sludge would be transferred to a holding tank
where additional thickening would take place before the  sludge  was
disposed of as landfill or to permanent storage.  Acid could be used
in  place  of  recarbonation  for pH reduction, but dissolved solids
levels would be increased rather  than  decreased.   The  achievable
percent  solids  in  the sludge would depend on the type of material
treated and coagulant used.  It is estimated that 10 to  15  percent
solids  can  be  achieved  in a lime precipitation system.  Effluent
levels of 25 mg/1 for suspended solids, 20 mg/1  for  fluoride,  and
1.0 mg/1 for lead are achievable using a batch system.  At least one
handmade  plant  is presently using batch lime precipitation, but is
not neutralizing the effluent pH.

Sand Filtration  (Alternative CI-

Precipitates  and  other  particulates  not   removed   by   gravity
separation  can  be  further  reduced  by  sand or graded media fil-
tration.  Additional suspended solids, fluoride,  and  lead  can  be
removed using this technology.  Effluent levels can be  reduced to less
than 13 mg/1 for fluoride, 10 mg/1 for suspended solids, and 0.1 mg/1 for
lead.  Backwash waters can be returned to the batch treatment system
for further treatment.  No hand pressed and blown  plants  presently
practice this technology, but filtration is widely used in the water
treatment industry.
                               136

-------
Activated Alumina Filtration (Alternative Dl-

Activated  alumina filtration is an available technology for further
reducing fluoride concentrations.  Following  sand  filtration,  the
waste  water  may  be  passed  through a bed of activated alumina to
reduce jthe fluoride concentration to 2 mg/1.      Hydrochloric  acid
may be_ used for regeneration;     separate neutralization and sludge
handling      facilities  are  provided  for.    This technology  is  not
presently employed in the hand pressed and blown glass industry, but
can be transferred from the water treatment industry.

Treatment   System   Applicable   to  Plants  Which  Do  Not  Employ
Hydrofluoric Acid Finishing Techniques

Existing Treatment and Control  (Alternative A) -

Many plants, where grinding and abrasive polishing are done, collect
finishing waste water in trenches with small traps which  catch  the
gross  solids.   These are periodically cleaned and disposed of as a
solid waste.  In most cases flows are low, less than 11.U  cu  m/day
(3000 gpd).  The typical flow is 1.89 cu m/day  (500 gpd).

Batch Coagulation and S ed iment at ion  (Alternative B) -

Suspended  solids  concentrations can be significantly reduced using
batch coagulation and sedimentation.  Using this  sytem,  the  daily
flow  of  waste  water  might be collected in a tank equipped with a
stirring mechanism.  Alum or some other coagulant would be added and
the tank stirred slowly for a sufficient time  to  allow  solids  to
settle.   The  following day the supernatant would be discharged and
the sludge transferred to a holding tank where additional thickening
would take place prior to sludge disposal.  An effluent level of  25
mg/1  for  suspended  solids is achievable using a batch coagulation
and  sedimentation  system.   Many  handmade  glass  plants   employ
sedimentation systems for solids control,

Sand Filtration  (Alternative C) -

Particulates  not  removed  by  gravity  separation  can  be further
reduced by sand or graded media  filtration.   Additional  suspended
solids  can  be  removed  to  an effluent level of 10 mg/1.  Backwash
waters can be returned to the batch  treatment  system  for  further
treatment.
                                137

-------

-------
                            SECTION VIII

             COST, ENERGY, AND NONWATER QUALITY ASPECTS


COST  AND  REDUCTION  BENEFITS  OF ALTERNATIVE TREATMENT AND CONTROL
TECHNOLOGIES

Investment and operating  costs  for  the  alternative  waste  water
treatment  and  control  technologies  described  in Section VII are
presented here.

The cost data include the  traditional  expenditures  for  equipment
purchase,  installation,  and  operation  and where necessary, solid
waste disposal.  No significant production losses  due  to  the  in-
stallation  of  water  pollution  control equipment are anticipated.
The costs are based on a typical plant for all subcategories  except
for   hand   pressed   and  blown  glass  manufacturing,  where  two
hypothetical plants are presented.  It is  assumed  that  one  is  a
producer  of  leaded glass to which many finishing steps are applied
including hydrofluoric acid finishing; this represents a maximum raw
waste  load  discharge   and   the   model   treatment   system   is
representative  of  any  hand  pressed  and  blown glass plant which
employs  hydrofluoric  acid   finishing   techniques.    The   other
hypothetical  plant  is representative of any hand pressed and blown
glass plant  which  does  not  employ  hydrofluoric  acid  finishing
techniques.   Owing  to  wide  variations  in production methods and
waste water characteristics, it is impossible to  define  a  typical
plant for the handmade industry.

Investment  costs  include  all  the equipment, excavations, founda-
tions, buildings, etc., necessary for the pollution control  system.
Land  costs  are  not  included  because  the  small additional area
required is readily available at existing plants.

Costs have been expressed as August, 1971,  dollars  and  have  been
adjusted  using  the  national average Water Quality Office - Sewage
Treatment Plant Cost Index.  The cost of capital was assumed to be 8
percent and is based on information collected from  several  sources
including  the  Federal Reserve Bank.  Depreciation is assumed to be
20  year  straight-line  or  5  percent  of  the  investment   cost.
Operating   costs   include   labor,  material,  maintenance,  etc.,
exclusive of power costs.  Energy and power costs are  listed  sepa-
rately.   Six  subcategories  have  been  defined in the development
document and costs for a typical plant(s) in each  subcategory  will
be covered separately.

Glass Container Manufacturing

The  typical  glass  container manufacturing plant may be located in
any part of the country and may be 50 or more years old.  The  daily
production  is  approximately  454  metric  tons (500 tons).  Gullet
quenching and non-contact cooling water are not  segregated.   Costs
                               139

-------
and effluent  quality  for  the  three  treatment  alternatives  are
summarized in Table 16.

Alternative A - Existing Treatment and Control-

Alternative  A  involves  no  additional  treatment.  These effluent
levels are readily achievable by all plants within this  subcategory
through  normal maintenance and clean-up operations within the plant
and represent the raw waste loadings expected from a glass container
plant.  Improved housekeeping techniques may  be  required  at  some
plants  to  achieve  the  typical  effluent levels, while others may
elect to provide end-of-pipe treatment in the form of some  type  of
sedimentation  system  with  oil  removal  capabilities.  It is felt
however, that in-plant techniques will be a  more  effective  and  a
less expensive means of achieving effluent levels.

    Costs.  No additional cost.

    Reduction  Benefits,   Upgrading  of  all effluent discharges to
    this level.

Alternative B - Recycle with Dissolved Air Flotation of Blowdown-

Alternative B involves segregation of non-contact cooling water from
cullet quench water.  The cullet quench water is  recycled  back  to
cullet  quench process through a gravity oil separator, and blowdown
is treated using dissolved air flotation.  The blowdown is 5 percent
of the total cullet quench water flow.

    Costs,  incremental investment  costs  are  $285,000  and  total
    annual costs are $56,100 over Alternative A,

    Reduction  Benefits.   The  incremental  reductions  of  oil and
    suspended solids compared to Alternative A are  93 percent and 97
    percent, respectively.

Alternative C - Diatomaceous Earth Filtration-

Alternative C  provides   further  treatment  of   the  effluent  from
Alternative B by diatomaceous earth filtration.

    Costs.   Incremental  investment  costs  are   $27,000  and total
    annual costs are $10,800 over Alternative B.

    Reduction Benefits,   The  incremental   reductions  of  oil  and
    suspended  solids   compared  to   Alternative   B are  60 percent.
    Total  reductions of oil  and suspended  solids  are 97.3  and  98.9
    percent, respectively.
                                 140

-------
                             TABLE 16

                  WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS
                  GLASS CONTAINER MANUFACTURING
Alternative Treatment or Control



Investment

Annual Costs:

  Capital Costs

  Depreciation

  Operating and Maintenance Costs
    (excluding energy and power costs)

  Energy and Power Costs

          Total Annual  Cost


Effluent Quality:
($1000)
   B
  285.     312.
0
0
0
0
0
22.8
1U.3
IT. 2
1.8
56.1
25.
15. T
23.
3.2
66.9


Effluent Constituents
Flow (l/metric ton)
Oil (g/metric ton)
Suspended Solids
(g/metric ton)
Flow (l/sec)
Oil Crag/1)
Suspended Solids (mg/l)
Raw
Waste
Load
2920
30
TO
15.3
10
2k



Resulting Effluent

2920
30
TO
15
10
2U
Levels
TT T7
2 0
2 0
.3 .*a
25 10
25 10


.8
.8
M


                              141

-------
Machine E£§§sed and Blown Glass Manufacturing

The machine pressed and blown glass manufacturing subcategory is the
subject  of  further study at the present time.  The results of this
study including the cost, energy, and non-.water quality  aspects  of
selected pollution control technologies will be presented at a later
date.
G^ass Tubing (Danner) Manufacturing

The typical glass tubing (Danner) manufacturing plant may be located
in  any part of the country and is at least 10 years old.  The daily
production at the plant  is  approximately  90.9  metric  tons  (100
tons) .    Costs   and   effluent   quality  for  the  two  treatment
alternatives are summarized in Table 17.

The remainder of the glass tubing industry is the subject of further
study at the present time.   The results of this study including  the
cost,   energy,   and  non-water quality aspects of selected pollution
control technologies will be presented at a later date.

Alternative A - Existing Treatment and Control-

Alternative A involves no additional treatment.  There are no plants
at present which treat cullet quench water and all plants for  which
data are available achieve these effluent levels.

    Costs.  No additional costs.

    Reduction Benefits.  None.

Alternative  B  -  Recycle  with  Diatomaceous  Earth  Filtration of
Blowdown-

Alternative B involves the recirculation of the cullet quench  water
stream  through  a  cooling  tower.   The  cooling tower blowdown is
treated by diatomaceous earth filtration.

    Costs.  Incremental  investment  costs  are  $97,600  and  total
    annual costs are $22,700 over Alternative A.

    Reduction  Benefits.   Almost  complete oil and suspended solids
    removal is obtained.
                               142

-------
                                 TABLE 17 .

                      WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS
                     GLASS TUBING (DANKER) MANUFACTURING
Alternative Treatment or Control
Technologies
Investment
Annual Costs:
Capital Costs
Depreciation
Operating & Maintenance Costs
(excluding energy and power costs)
Energy and Power Costs
TOTAL ANNUAL COST
Effluent Quality:
Raw
Waste
Effluent Constituents Load
Flow (I/metric ton) 8340
Oil (g/metric ton) 80
Suspended Solids
(g/metric ton) 230
Flow (I/sec) 8.8
Oil (mg/1) 10
Suspended Solids (mg/1) 27
($1000)
A B
0 97.6

0 7.8
0 4.9
0 9.7
0 0.3
0 22.7











Resulting Effluent
Levels
8340 21
80 0
230 0
8.8
10 10
27 10

.2
.2
.022


                                   143

-------
Television Picture Tube Envelope Manufacturing

The typical television picture tube envelope manufacturing plant can
be located in any part of the country and is at least 10 years  old.
The  daily  production  of  the plant is 227 metric tons (250 tons).
Costs and effluent quality for the three treatment alternatives  are
summarized  in  Table  18.  The effluent values are for the combined
cullet quench and finishing waste water streams.

Alternative A - Existing Treatment and Control-

Alternative A involves  no  additional  treatment.   Lime  addition,
precipitation,  coagulation,  sedimentation,  and  pH adjustment are
presently used throughout the  industry  for  removal  of  fluoride,
lead,  and  suspended  solids  from finishing wastes.  Cullet quench
water is not treated.

    Costs.  No additional cost.

    Reduction  Benefits.   Total  reductions  of  suspended  solids,
    fluoride,  and  lead  are  96, 96, and 99 percent, respectively.
    The waste water pH is adjusted to neutrality.

Alternative B - Sand Filtration-

Alternative B includes sand filtration of the effluent from the lime
precipitation system of Alternative A.   Filter  backwash  water  is
recycled back to the lime precipitation system.
    Costs.   Incremental  investment  costs  are
    annual costs are $18,400 over Alternative A.
$67,000  and total
    Reduction Benefits.  The  incremental  reductions  of  suspended
    solids,  fluoride,  and  lead over Alternative A are 13.3, 14.3,
    and 90 percent, respectively.   Total  reductions  of  suspended
    solids,  fluoride,  and  lead  are 96.9, 96.7, and 99.9 percent,
    respectively.

Alternative C - Activated Alumina Filtration-

Alternative C involves  the  activated  alumina  filtration  of  the
effluent   from   Alternative  B.   Following  sand  filtration  the
fluoride-bearing waste water stream  is  passed  through  a  bed  of
activated alumina to further reduce the remaining fluoride.
                                144

-------
                               TABLE 18

                    WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS
            TELEVISION PICTURE TUBE ENVELOPE MANUFACTURING
Alternative Treatment or Control
Technologies :
Investment
Annual Cost:
Capital Costs
Depreciation




Operating & Maintenance Costs
(excluding energy & power costs)
Energy & Power Costs
TOTAL ANNUAL COSTS
Effluent Quality:
Effluent
Constituents
Flow (I/metric ton)
Oil (g/metric ton)
Suspended Solids
(g/metric ton)
Fluoride (g/metric ton)
Lead (g/metric ton)
Flow (I/sec)
Oil (mg/1)
Suspended Solids (mg/1)
Fluoride (mg/1)
Lead (mg/1)



Raw Waste
Load
12,500
130
4,200
1,800
390
33
10
335
143
30
A
0

0
0
0
0
0

($1000)
B
67.0

5.4
3.4
8.7
0,9
15.4

C
560

44.8
28.1
65.8
2.1
140.8

Resulting Effluent
Levels
12,500
130
150
70
4.5
33
10
12
5.6
0.36
12,500 12
130
130
60
0.45
33
10
10
4.8
.036
,500
130
130
9
0.45
33
10
10
0.72
.036
                                 145

-------
    Costs.   Incremental  investment  costs  are  $493,000 and total
    annual costs are $122,400 over Alternative B.

    Reduction Benefits,  The incremental reduction of fluoride  over
    Alternative  B  is  85  percent-   Total reductions of suspended
    solids, fluoride, and lead are 96.9,  99.5,  and  99.9  percent,
    respectively.

Incandescent Lamp Envelope Manufacturing

The  typical  incandescent  lamp envelope manufacturing plant may be
located in any part of the country and is at  least  50  years  old.
Daily  oroduction  is 159 metric tons (175 tons).  Frosted envelopes
account for eighty-five percent of the plant production,  and  clear
envelopes  make  up the remainder of the plant production.  Cost and
effluent quality for the four treatment alternatives are  summarized
in  Table  19.   Effluent characteristics are given for the combined
cullet quench and frosting waste water flows.

Alternative A - Existing Treatment and Control-

Alternative A involves . no  additional  treatment.   Lime  addition,
coagulation,  precipitation,  and  sedimentation  are presently used
throughout the industry for removal of fluoride and suspended solids
from frosting wastes.  Oil skimmers are  employed  for  oil  removal
from   cullet  quench  water.   Some  plants  may  have  to  improve
housekeeping techniques to meet these effluent levels.

    Costs.  No additional costs.

    Reduction Benefits.  Total reductions of  suspended  solids  and
    fluoride are 31 and 99 percent, respectively.

Alternative B - Sand Filtration and Ammonia Removal-

Alternative  B  involves  the  addition of sand filtration and of an
ammonia removal technique to reduce the fluoride and  ammonia  level
in  the  effluent  from  the Alternative A system.  This alternative
includes steam stripping as the ammonia removal technique  and  also
includes  recarbonation  and a heat exchanger,  Recarbonation may be
required for pH adjustment  and  also  to  prevent  scaling  in  the
stripping  unit.   A  heat exchanger is used in conjunction with the
steam stripping unit to maximize the efficiency of stripping and  to
reduce the discharge temperature of the treated waste water.
                                146

-------
                               TABLE 19

                    WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS
               INCANDESCENT LAMP ENVELOPE MANUFACTURING
Alternative Treatment or Control
Technologies :
Investment
Annual Cost:
Capital Costs
Depreciation




Operating & Maintenance Costs
(excluding energy & power costs)
Energy & Power Costs
TOTAL ANNUAL COSTS
Effluent Quality:
Effluent
Constituents
Flow(l/metric ton formed)
(I/metric ton frosted)
Oil (g/metric ton formed)
Suspended Solids
(g/metric ton formed)
(g/metric ton frosted)
Fluoride (g/metric ton)
Ammonia (g /me trie ton)
Flow (I/sec)
Oil (mg/1)
Suspended Solids (mg/1)
Fluoride (mg/1)
Ammonia (mg/1)



Raw Waste
Load
4500
3960
115
115
400
11,100
2600
14.5
15
58
1200
281
A
0

0
0
0
0
0

($1000)
B C
547

43.8
27.4
76.4
134.3
282

620

49.6
31.0
85.7
136.2
302

D
963

77.0
48.2
125.1
136.8
387.1

Resulting Effluent
Levels
4500
3960
115
115
230
115
2600
14.5
15
39
12.4
281
4500
3960
115
115
40
52
120
14.5
15
19
5.6
13
4500
3960
23
23
40
52
120
14.5
3
7
5.6
13
4500
3960
23
23
40
8
120
14.5
3
7
0.9
13
                                      147

-------
    Costs.   Incremental  investment  costs  are  $547,000  and total
    annual costs are $282,000  over Alternative A.

    Reduction  Benefits.   The  incremental  reduction  of   ammonia
    compared  to  Alternative  A  is  95 percent.  The treated waste
    water pH is adjusted to  9.0,   Total  reductions  of  suspended
    solids and fluoride are 66.7 and 99.5 percent, respectively.

Alternative C - Diatomaceous Earth Filtration-

Alternative  C  involves diatomaceous earth filtration of the cullet
quench water.  The frosting waste waters are not treated above  that
level represented as Alternative B.

    Costs .   Incremental  investment  costs  are  $73,000  and total
    annual costs are $20,600  over Alternative C.

    Reduction Benefits.  Incremental reductions are 47. 3 percent for
    suspended solids and 61 percent for oil.   Total  reductions  of
    oil,  suspended  solids, fluoride, and ammonia are 61, 82, 99.5,
    and 95 percent, respectively.

Alternative D - Activated Alumina Filtration-

This  alternative  includes  activated  alumina  filtration  of  the
frosting  waste  water  effluent from Alternative B.  Following sand
filtration, the waste water is passed through  a  bed  of  activated
alumina to reduce the remaining fluoride in the waste water.

    Costs.   Incremental  investment  costs  are $343,000   and total
    annual costs are $84,600  over Alternative B.


    Reduction Benefits.  An incremental reduction of 85 percent  for
    fluoride  results.   Total  reductions of fluoride and suspended
    solids are 99.9 and 82 percent, respectively.

             and Blown Glass Manufacturing
No typical plant can be developed for the  hand  pressed  and  blown
glass  manufacturing  subcategory  because  of the wide variation in
finishing steps applied to the  handmade  glass.   The  hypothetical
plants  assumed  for  cost estimating purposes may be located  in any
part of the country and are at least 50 years old.  The first  plant
is  one  of  the  largest  in  the  country and has a daily  finished
product output of 5.9 metric tons  (6.5 tons).  The plant  employs all
                                148

-------
the  finishing  steps  available  at  handmade  glass  plants and is
representative of those plants  which  produce  leaded  or  unleaded
glass and employ hydrofluoric acid finishing techniques.  The second
hypothetical  plant is representative of those handmade glass plants
which  produce  leaded  or  unleaded  glass  and   do   not   employ
hydrofluoric  acid  finishing  techniques.    The  cost  and effluent
quality  for  the  treatment   alternatives   applicable   to   each
hypothetical plant are listed in Tables 20  and 21 -

Treatment System Applicable to Plants Which Employ Hydrofluoric Acid
Finishing Techniques

Alternative A - Existing Treatment and Control-

Alternative  A  is no waste water treatment or control.  Many plants
do not need waste water treatment or control because of the  absence
of  waste-producing  finishing steps or because of the low volume of
discharge.  Some plants have lime precipitation treatment facilities
for the reduction of fluoride from hydrofluoric acid  polishing  and
acid etching wastes.  It is felt that for any plant discharging less
than  0.19  cu  m/day   (50 gallons/day) of waste water, treatment is
impractical  as  other  means  of  disposal  are  considerably  less
expensive  (i.e., land retention or dust suppression).

    Costs.  None.

    Reduction Benefits.  None.

Alternative B - Batch Precipitation and Recarbonation-      y
                                                             \
This  alternative  includes  a  batch  lime precipitation system for
reduction of suspended solids, fluoride,  and  lead  from  finishing
waste  waters.   The  lime  precipitation  system effluent is recar-
bonated with carbon dioxide gas to adjust the treated waste water to
a neutral pH from the alkaline pH of the lime treatment process.

    Costs.  Incremental investment  costs  are  $284,000  and  total
    annual costs are $55,100 over Alternative A.

    Reduction  Benefits.   Total  reductions  of  suspended  solids,
    fluoride, and lead are 95, 95,  and  91  percent,  respectively.
    The  pH of the acidic waste, is raised to an alkaline pH of 11-12
    during lime treatment and then is  lowered  to  a  pH  of  9  by
    recarbonation.

Alternative C - Sand Filtration-

Alternative  C  involves  the  sand  filtration of the effluent from
Alternative B.  The sand  filtration  system  is  similar  to  those
employed at municipal water treatment works.

    Costs.   Incremental  investment  costs  are  $41,000  and total
    annual costs are $8400 over Alternative B.
                                  149

-------
                               TABLE 20

                    WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS
              HAND PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING
Alternative Treatment or Control
Technologies :
Investment
Annual Costs:
Capital Costs
Depreciation
($1000)




Operating & Maintenance Costs
(excluding energy & power costs)
Energy & Power Costs

TOTAL ANNUAL COST
Effluent Quality:
Effluent
Constituents
Flow (I/sec)
PH
Suspended Solids (mg/1)
Fluoride (mg/1)
Lead (mg/1)

Raw Waste
Load
0.61
2
544
422
11.4
A
0

0
0
0
0
0

B
284

22.7
14.2
15.6
2.6
55.1

C
325

26.0
16.2
18.6
2.7
63.5

D
410

32.8
20.4
21.6
2.8
77.6

Resulting Effluent

0.61
2
544
422
11.4

0.61
9
25
20
1
Levels
0.61
9
10
13
0.1

0.61
9
10
2
0.1
                               150

-------
                               TABLE 21
                    WATER EFFLUENT TREATMENT COSTS
              HAND PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING
                       SUSPENDED SOLIDS REMOVAL
Alternative Treatment or Control
Investment

Annual Costs:

  Capital Costs

  Depreciation

  Operating & Maintenance Costs
    (excluding energy & power costs)

  Energy and Power Costs

      TOTAL ANNUAL COST
Effluent Quality:

   Effluent
 Constituents
Flow — cu m/day

Suspended Solids(mg/l)
Raw Waste
  Load
  1.89

  9600
($1000)
A B
0 48.7
0 3.9
0 2.4
0 5.3
0 0.3
0 11.9
Resulting Effluent
Levels
1.89 1.89
9600 25
C
54.3
4.3
2.7
8.0
0.3
15.3

1.89
10
                                151

-------
    Reduction Benefits.  Incremental reductions over  Alternative  B
    for  suspended  solids,  fluoride,  and  lead are 60 , 35., and 90
    percent, respectively.     Total reductions of suspended solids,
    fluoride, and lead are 98.2, 96.9, and 99.1 percent,  respectively.
    The waste water pH is adjusted to 9.

Alternative D - Activated Alumina Filtration-

This  alternative  includes  activated  alumina  filtration  of  the
effluent  from  Alternative  C.   Activated  alumina  filtration  is
employed for further reduction  of  the  effluent  fluoride  concen-
tration.
    Costs.   Incremental  investment  costs  are  $84,500
    annual costs are $14,100 over Alternative C.
and total
    Reduction Benefits.  The incremental reduction of fluoride is 85
    percent over  Alternative  c.   Total  reductions  of  suspended
    solids,  fluoride,  and  lead  are  98.2, 99.5, and 99.1 percent,
    respectively.

Treatment  System  Applicable  to  Plants  Which   Do   Not   Employ
Hydrofluoric Acid Finishing Techniques

Alternative A - Existing Treatment and Control -

Alternative  A  involves  no waste water treatment or control.  Many
plants do not need waste water treatment or control because  of  the
absence  of  waste-producing  finishing  steps or because of the low
volume of discharge.  Many plants employ some type of  sedimentation
system   for  solids  control.   It  is  felt  that  for  any  plant
discharging less than 0.19 cu m/day  (50 gallons/day) of waste water,
treatment is impractical as other means of disposal are considerably
less expensive  (i.e., land retention or dust suppression).

The raw waste water suspended solids expressed  in  terms  of  grams
(pounds)  per  production  unit  or  concentration  is impossible to
typify, owing to the wide range of production  methods  employed  in
the   subcategory.    Approximately   9600   mg/1  was  assumed  for
calculating sludge production, but  the  influent  suspended  solids
concentration  is  not  directly  related  to  treatment costs.  The
typical flow is 1.89 cu m/day (500 gpd).

    Costs.  None.

    Reduction Benefits,  None.

Alternative B * Batch Coagulation and Sedimentation -

The daily waste water discharge is collected in one  of  two  mixing
tanks   (one  tank  is  treated  and  discharged  while  the other is
filling).  At the end of the  day  coagulants  are  added,  and  the
mixture  is  flocculated.   The  treated  waste  water is discharged
                             152

-------
following overnight sedimentation.  Sludge is collected in a holding
tank and eventually discharged as landfill.

    Costs.  Incremental  investment  costs  are  $48,700  and  total
    annual costs are $11,900 over Alternative A.

    Reduction Benefits.  Suspended solids reduced to 25 mg/1,

Alternative C - Sand Filtration -

Discharge  from  Alternative  B  is  passed through sand filters for
additional suspended solids reduction.  Filter backwash is  returned
to the head of the system.

    Costs.   Incremental investment costs are $5600 and total annual
    costs are $3400 over Alternative B.

    Reduction Benefits.  Suspended solids reduced to 10 mg/1.

BASIS OF TOTAL INDUSTRY COST ESTIMATES

The effluent  limitations  guidelines  presented  in  this  document
pertain   to   surface   dischargers  and  therefore,  only  surface
dischargers are considered impacted by the  recommended  guidelines.
There  are:    (a)  55  known  glass  container,  (b) 23 known machine
pressed and blown glass,  (c) 9  known  glass  tubing,   (d)  4  known
television  picture  tube  envelope,
envelope,  and   (f)  13  known  hand
manufacturing  surface  dischargers.
applications, industry supplied data, and a survey  of  the  pressed
and  blown  glass  segment.   Tables  22  through  27 list the known
surface dischargers for each subcategory of the  pressed  and  blown
glass segment of the glass manufacturing category.
(e)   3 known incandescent lamp
 pressed   and   blown   glass
This estimate is based on RAPP
ENERGY REQUIREMENTS OF TREATMENT AND  CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES

Large  quantities  of energy  are used in  the pressed  and blown glass
industry to produce the  high  temperatures required  for  glass melting
and  annealing.  Approximately 1,670,000 kilogram-calories/metric ton
 (6,000,000 BTU/ton) are  required to melt  the raw materials  for  the
manufacture   of   glass   containers.   This  energy  requirement   is
considered typical for the  pressed and blown   glass  industry.   The
additional  energy required  to implement the  treatment technologies
is less than  1  percent of the process requirements  for  each  of  the
subcategories  with  the exception of the incandescent  lamp envelope
manufacturing subcategory.    The  treatment  alternatives  requiring
relatively  little additional energy  include:   cullet quench recycle
systems, the  lime  precipitation  process,  and sand  or  activated
alumina filtration.  The energy requirements for these  systems range
from 124,000 to 537,000 kilogram-calories/day (492,000 to 2,130,000
BTU/day).
                                 153

-------
                              TABLE 22

                     KNOWN SURFACE DISCHARGERS
             GLASS CONTAINER MANUFACTURING SUBCATEGORY
      Company
Anchor Hocking Corporation
Ball Corporation
Brockway Glass Company, Inc.
Chattanooga Glass Company
Diamond Glass Company
Foster-Forbes Glass Company
Gayner Glass Works
Glass Containers Corporation
Glenshaw Glass Company
Indian Head, Inc.
Kerr Glass Manufacturing Corporation
Laurens Glass Company
Maryland Glass Corporation
Midland Glass Company
Obear-Nester Glass Company
Owens-Illinois
Puerto Rico Glass Corporation
Star City Glass Company
Thatcher Glass Manufacturing Company
Universal Glass Products Company

                          TOTAL
No. of Plants

      7
      1
     11
      3
      1
      1
      1
      7
      2
      2
      2
      1
      1
      1
      1
      8
      1
      1
      2
      1

     55
                              154

-------
                              TABLE 23

                     KNOWN SURFACE DISCHARGERS
           MACHINE PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING
                            SUBCATEGORY
    Company
Anchor Hocking Corporation
Corning Glass Works
Federal Glass Company
General Electric-Mahoning
Mid-Atlantic Glass Company
Owens-Illinois
L.E. Smith Glass Company
No. of Plants

     3
    14
     1
     1
     1
     2
     1
                                    TOTAL
    23
                              TABLE 24

                     KNOWN SURFACE DISCHARGERS
               GLASS TUBING MANUFACTURING SUBCATEGORY
    Company
Corning Glass Works
General Electric Company
GTE - Sylvania, Inc.
RCA
Westinghouse Electric Corporation
                                    TOTAL
No. of Plants

     2
     4
     1
     1
   _J	
     9
                              TABLE 25

                     KNOWN SURFACE DISCHARGERS
     TELEVISION PICTURE TUBE ENVELOPE MANUFACTURING SUBCATEGORY
    Company

Corning Glass Works
Owens-Illinois
                                    TOTAL
No. of Plants

     2
     2
     4
                                 155

-------
                              TABLE 26

                     KNOWN SURFACE DISCHARGERS
             INCANDESCENT LAMP ENVELOPE MANUFACTURING
                            SUBCATEGORY
    Company
Corning Glass Works
General Electric Company
No. of Plants

     2
     1
                                        TOTAL
                              TABLE 27

                     KNOWN SURFACE DISCHARGERS
             HAND PRESSED AND BLOWN GLASS MANUFACTURING
                            SUBCATEGORY
    Company
Blenko Glass Company
Colonial Glass Company
Davis-Lynch Glass Company
Fenton Art Glass Company
Fostoria Glass Company
Gillender Brothers, Incorporated
Imperial Glass Corporation
Kanahwa Glass Company
Lewis County Glass Company
Pennsboro Glass Company
Pilgrim Glass Corporation
Wheaton Industries
West Virginia Glass Specialty Company
No. of Plants

     1
     1
     1
     1
     1
     1
     1
     1
     1
     1
     1
     1
     1
                                        TOTAL
    13
                             156

-------
Steam stripping of incandescent lamp envelope frosting waste  waters
for  ammonia removal will require the greatest energy requirement of
the proposed treatment alternatives.  Steam stripping of the typical
flow will  require  approximately   54,000,000 kilogram-calories/day
 (214,000,000 BTU/day)   and  is  equivalent to 9120 liters/day (2410
gallons/day) of No. 2 fuel oil.  This energy requirement is about  8
percent  of  that  required  for  the  total  manufacturing process.
Industry  supplied  data  indicate  that  approximately  605,000,000
kilogram-calories/day  (2,400,000,000  BTU/day}  of energy per plant
are required in the total incandescent lamp-  envelope  manufacturing
process.    The  energy  requirement  for  steam  stripping  is  not
excessive, when  compared  to  the  total  energy  consumed  in  the
manufacturing process.  It may be feasible to use melting tank stack
gas  as  a  source  of  heat,  thereby eliminating the necessity for
additional fuel, but further investigation is necessary to determine
the practicability of such a system.

NON-WATER QUALITY ASPECTS OF TREATMENT AND CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES

Air Pollution

The incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing subcategory is the only
subcategory that may pose an air pollution problem.  Ammonia removal
by steam stripping  is  recommended  for  control  of  high  ammonia
discharges  from the frosting waste stream.  It is possible that the
steam and ammonia gas from the stripping unit could be vented to the
atmosphere  through  the  furnace  exhaust   stack.    The   ammonia
concentration  of  the  combined  stack discharge is not expected to
exceed 35 mg/cu m  (46 ppmv), which is the threshold odor  limit  for
ammonia.   Because  the  ammonia  concentration  will  be  below the
threshold odor level, steam stripping should not cause a significant
air pollution problem.

There are no significant air or noise  pollution  problems  directly
associated  with the treatment and control technologies of the other
sufccategories.  The waste waters and sludges  are  odorless  and  no
nuisance conditions result from their treatment or handling.

Solid waste Disposal

Three  types  of  waste solids are produced by the treatment systems
developed for the pressed and blown glass industry.  These are:   (1)
gravity  oil  separator  and  dissolved air flotation skimmings,  (2)
spent  diatomaceous  earth,  and   (3)  lime  precipitation   sludges
associated with fluoride waste water treatment.

The skimmings and spent diatomaceous earth result from the treatment
of  cullet  quench waste waters.  The skimmings have a three percent
solids content and the production of skimmings ranges from  21.4  to
49.1  kg/day   (47  to  108  Ib/day) or 720 to 1630 I/day  (190 to 430
gal/day) .   The  oily  skimmings  can  be  disposed  of  by  an  oil
reclamation firm, used as road oil, or can be incinerated.
                               157

-------
Spent  diatomaceous  earth  has  an estimated moisture content of 85
percent, but does not flow.  This material is stable and  should  be
suitable  for  landfill-  Estimated production of diatomaceous earth
waste ranges from 0.042 to 0.53 cu m/day  (1.5 to 19 cu ft/day).  The
lower figure results from the treatment  of  the  blowdown  for  the
cullet quench system and the higher figure is the result of treating
the  entire cullet quench waste water stream at an incandescent lamp
envelope plant.

The lime precipitation process for  fluoride  removal  produces  the
largest   volume  and  most  difficult  sludge  to  handle.   Vacuum
filtration is used at almost all plants to reduce the sludge volume.
The volume of sludge production ranges from 277 kg/day (610 Ibs/day)
for a handmade glass plant to 20.9 metric ton/day (23 tons/day) at a
television  picture  tube   envelope   manufacturing   plant.    The
television  picture  tube envelope manufacturing plant is treating a
combination of abrasive  grinding  wastes  and  fluoride  containing
rinse waters.

Most lime precipitation sludge is currently disposed of as landfill.
Several attempts have been made to convert the sludge into a salable
material,  but  no  markets  have  been  found  for  these products.
Currently, further research is being conducted to develop a saleable
by-product from the sludge.
                                158

-------
                             SECTION IX

       EFFLUENT REDUCTION ATTAINABLE THROUGH THE APPLICATION
        OF THE BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY CURRENTLY
             AVAILABLE EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES
INTRODUCTION

The effluent limitations that must be achieved by July 1, 1977,  are
to  specify  the degree of effluent reduction attainable through the
application of the best  practicable  control  technology  currently
available.   Best practicable control technology currently available
is generally based upon the average of the best existing performance
by plants of various sizes, ages,  and  unit  processes  within  the
industrial category or subcategory.

Consideration must also be given to:
    a,



    b.

    c.

    d.


    e.

    f.
The total cost of application of technology in relation  to
the  effluent  reduction  benefits to be achieved from such
application;

the size and age of equipment and facilities involved;

the processes employed;

the engineering aspects of the application of various types
of control techniques;
process changes;

non-water quality environmental  impact
requirements).
(including  energy
Also,   best  practicable  control  technology  currently  available
emphasizes treatment  facilities  at  the  end  of  a  manufacturing
process,  but  also  includes  the  control  technologies within the
process itself when the latter are considered to be normal  practice
within the industry.

A  further  consideration  is the degree of economic and engineering
reliability that must  be  established  for  the  technology  to  be
"currently available".  As a result of demonstration projects, pilot.
plants,  and  general  use,  there  must  exist  a  high  degree  of
confidence in the engineering and  economic  practicability  of  the
technology   at   the   time  of  commencement  of  construction  or
installation of the control facilities.
IDENTIFICATION OF THE BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
AVAILABLE
                                                  CURRENTLY
Current  treatment practices constitute the best practicable control
technology  currently  available.    The  best  practicable  control
                              159

-------
technology  currently available for the subcategories of the pressed
and  blown  segment  is  summarized  below.   Recommended   effluent
limitations  are  summarized in Table 28.  These limitations are 30-
day averages based on any 30  consecutive  calendar  days.   Maximum
daily averages are two times the monthly averages.

Glass Container Manufacturing

No additional control technology is proposed for the glass container
manufacturing  subcategory.   Oil skimmers are presently employed at
some plants, but many plants do  not  require  treatment.   Improved
housekeeping  techniques  may be required at some plants to meet the
limitations.  Effluent  limitations  for  suspended  solids  are  70
g/metric  ton (0.14 Ib/ton); for oil, 30 g/metric ton  (0.06 Ib/ton);
and pH, between 6.0 and 9.0.

Machine Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing

The machine pressed and blown glass manufacturing subcategory is the
subject of further study at the present time.  The results  of  this
study,  including  recommended  limitations  representative  of best
practicable  control  technology  currently   available,   will   be
published at a later date in a supplement to this document.

Glass Tubing (Dannerl Manufacturing

No  additional  control  technology is proposed for the glass tubing
(Banner)  subcategory.   Most  plants  presently  do   not   provide
treatment  because  the raw waste water pollutant concentrations are
already at low levels.  Improved housekeeping  may  be  required  at
some  plants  to  achieve the limitations.  Effluent limitations for
suspended solids are 230 g/metric ton  (0.46  Ib/ton)  and  for  pH,
between 6.0 and 9.0.

The   remainder  of  the  glass  tubing  manufacturing  subcategory,
including those plants which manufacture glass tubing by  the  Velio
and  Updraw processes or those plants which manufacture glass tubing
suitable for the manufacture of scientific glassware, is the subject
of further study at the present time.  The  results  of  this  study
will be published at a later date in a supplement to this document.

Television Picture Tube Envelope Manufacturing

The  control  technology  on  which  the recommended limitations are
based involves lime addition,  coagulation,  sedimentation,  and  pH
adjustment.   This  technology is currently practiced throughout the
industry for the treatment  of  finishing  waste  waters.   Effluent
limitations for suspended solids are 150 g/metric ton  (0.30 Ib/ton);
for  oil,  130 g/metric ton  (0.26 Ib/ton); for fluoride, 70 g/metric
ton (0.14 Ib/ton); for lead, 4.5 g/metric ton   (0.009  Ib/ton);  and
pH, between 6.0 and 9.0,
                                160

-------
                               TABLE 28

        RECOMMENDED 30-DAY AVERAGE EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS USING
       BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

                     Suspended
                       Solids        Oil     Fluoride     Lead     Ammonia     pH

Glass Container
  g/metric ton           70          30         -           -                  6-9
  (Ib/ton)                0.14        0.06

Machine Pressed &
Blown Glass*
  g/metric ton           -            -         -           _         _         _
  (Ib/ton)               -            -                     -

Glass Tubing
(Danner)*
  g/metric ton          230           -                     -         -        6-9
  (Ib/ton)                0.46        -

Television Picture
Tube Envelope
  g/metric ton          150         130         70         4.5        -        6-9
  (Ib/ton)                0.30        0.26       0.14      0.009

Incandescent Lamp
Envelopes
  Forming
  g/metric ton          115         115         -           -                  6-9
  (Ib/ton)                0.23        0.23      -           -         -

Frosting
  g/metric ton frosted  230           -         115          -         -        6-9
  (Ib/ton)                0.46        -          0.23

Hand Pressed &
Blown Glass
  Leaded & Hy d ro--
          Acid
         ^
  Finishing
  mg/1                   -            -                      -

  Non-Leaded &
  Hydrofluoric
  Ac id Fjinish :ing_
  mg/1                   -            -                      -

  Non-Hydrofluoric
  Acid Finishing^
  mg/1                   -            -                      -

*The machine pressed and blown glass manufacturing  subcategory and  the
 remainder of the glass tubing subcategory are  the  subject of further
 study.  Results of this study will be presented  at a  later  date.

                                  161

-------
Incandescent Lamp Envelope Manufacturing

The  control  technology  on  which  the recommended limitations are
based  involves  a  lime  precipitation  system  for  fluoride   and
suspended  solids  removal.   The  lime  precipitation  -treatment is
practiced  throughout  the  industry  for   frosting   waste   water
treatment.  Recarbonation is also included in the control technology
for  adjustment  of the treated waste water pH to a range of 6 to 9.
Effluent limitations are listed separately for forming and  frosting
because  there  is  a  wide variation in the percentage of envelopes
that are frosted.  The forming limitations are based on furnace pull
production and the frosting limitations are based on the portion  of
the  furnace  pull production that is frosted.  Effluent limitations
for the waste waters resulting from forming  are  115  g/metric  ton
(0.23  Ib/ton)  for  both  suspended solids and oil.  Frosting waste
water effluent limitations for suspended solids are 230 g/metric ton
(0.46 Ib/ton); for fluoride, 115 g/metric ton (0.23 Ib/ton); and pH,
between 6.0 and 9.0.

S§U
-------
Lead

Lead is contributed to television picture tube  envelope  plant  and
handmade  glass plant waste waters by finishing steps applied to the
picture tube envelope and leaded handmade glassware.   Application of
the best practicable control  technology  currently  available  will
reduce lead levels in television picture tube envelope manufacturing
waste waters by 99 percent.

Oil

Oil  is  a  constituent  of  the waste waters from all subcategories
except the hand pressed and blown , glass  manufacturing.   Belt  oil
skimmers  and  baffled  skimming basins are employed at some plants,
but many plants do not provide  treatment.   Analysis  of  the  data
indicates   no  discernible  difference  between  the  effluent  oil
concentration of plants employing oil skimming  and  plants  without
treatment.   No  additional  waste  water  treatment  or  control is
proposed because of the low oil  concentrations  in  the  raw  waste
water.   Some  plants may need to improve housekeeping techniques to
meet the proposed effluent levels.

P-XY3en Demanding Materials

Oxygen demand in the pressed and blown glass segment is  related  to
the oil content of the waste water.  Since no additional waste water
treatment  or  control  for oil removal is proposed, the BOD and COD
will  not  be  reduced.   The  BOD  and  COD  are  already  low   by
conventiona1 standards.

BS

Waste waters resulting from acid treatment of glassware have a pH of
2  to 3.  The acidic wastes are treated to remove fluoride and other
pollutants by lime addition, typically to a pH of  11-12.   At  some
waste  water treatment plants, the alkaline treated waste waters are
adjusted to a neutral pH.  This control technology will  be  applied
to  the  television  picture  tube  envelope  and  incandescent lamp
envelope manufacturing subcategories to achieve an effluent pH of  6
to 9.

Suspended Solids

Suspended  solids  are  contributed to the process waste waters from
all subcategories.  Application  of  the  best  practicable  control
technology  currently  available will reduce suspended solids levels
for television picture tube envelope manufacturing and  incandescent
lamp envelope manufacturing by 96 and 31 percent, respectively.  The
cullet  quench water stream is not treated for the incandescent lamp
envelope subcategory and, therefore, lower removal  percentages  are
obtained.   Suspended  solids  remain  at the present levels for the
glass  container  manufacturing  and  the  glass   tubing    (Danner)
manufacturing subcategories.
                               163

-------
Dissolved Solids

Dissolved  solids  are  contributed  to  the  waste  waters from the
pressed and blown glass segment  by  acid  treatment  of  glass  and
frosting  of  incandescent  lamp  envelopes.   The  proposed control
technologies do not reduce dissolved solids.

Temperature

Process  waste  waters  from  all  subcategories   may   show   some
temperature  increase  because  of cullet quenching, acid polishing,
and frosting of incandescent lamp  envelopes.   Application  of  the
best  practicable  control  technology  currently available will not
result in significant temperature reduction,

RATIONALE FOR THE SELECTION OF BEST PRACTICABLE  CONTROL  TECHNOLOGY
CURRENTLY AVAILABLE

Engineering Aspects of Application

In  all  cases,  this  control  technology  has  been applied in the
pressed and blown glass segment or in  another  industry  where  the
characteristics  of  the  water  treated are sufficiently similar to
provide a high degree of  confidence  that  the  technology  can  be
transferred to the pressed and blown glass industry.  The derivation
and   rationale  for  selection  of  the  control  technologies  are
described in detail in Sections V and VII,   These  may  be  briefly
summarized as follows:

Glass Container Manufacturing-

No  additional  waste water treatment or control will be required at
the majority of glass container plants to achieve this level.   Some
plants presently employ oil skimmers, but many plants do not provide
treatment.  In analysis of the data, no discernible difference could
be established between plants with oil skimming treatment and plants
without  treatment.  Collection of I.S. machine oil leakage, control
of shear spray oil drippage, and other housekeeping  techniques  may
be required at some plants to meet the effluent limitations.

              tDanner) Manufacturing-

Most  plants  presently do not provide waste water treatment and are
meeting the effluent limitations.  It might be  necessary  for  some
plants  to  improve  housekeeping techniques to achieve the effluent
limitations.

Television Picture Tube Envelope Manufactur ing-

Lime precipitation, coagulation, sedimentation,  and  pH  adjustment
are  currently  practiced  throughout  the  industry  to treat waste
waters from the finishing of television picture tube envelopes.  The
majority of plants meet the effluent limitations, but those that  do
                               164

-------
not  may  be required to upgrade waste water treatment practices and
in-plant housekeeping controls to meet the effluent limitations.

Incandescent Lamp Envelope Manufacturing-

Lime precipitation, coagulation,  and  sedimentation  are  currently
practiced  throughout  the  industry  for  removal  of  fluoride and
suspended solids from frosting waste waters.   Gullet  quench  waste
waters  are also treated at most plants.  None of the plants provide
treatment for ammonia removal.

At least two plants are meeting the fluoride  effluent  limitations.
By  implementation  of improvements in the treatment facilities such
as  increased   flocculation,   longer   retention   time   in   the
clarification  unit,  and  improved  clarifier design, the remaining
plants should be able to meet  the  fluoride  and  suspended  solids
limitations levels.

Water  pH  adjustment  by  recarbonation has been practiced for many
years in conventional water treatment plants.  This method can  also
be applied for pH adjustment of treated frosting waste waters.

Hand Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing-

At  least  one  hand  pressed and blown glass plant is employing the
batch  lime  precipitation  method  to  remove   suspended   solids,
fluoride,  and  lead  from  finishing  waste  waters.   Most  plants
presently do not provide treatment other than sedimentation  basins;
those  with waste water producing finishing steps may have to employ
treatment to meet water quality standards.

Total Cost of Application

Based on the information presented in Section VIII of this document,
the industry, as a  whole,  will  not  have  to  invest  significant
amounts  of  money  to  achieve  the effluent limitations prescribed
herein.  Plants currently have the equipment necessary to attain the
effluent limitations and in all  cases,  it  is  expected  that  the
application   of  improved  housekeeping  techniques  and  operating
procedures will enable a»ll plants in the  pressed  and  blown  glass
industry  segment to achieve the best practicable control technology
currently available effluent limitations guidelines.

Size and Age of Equipment

The size of plants within the same subcategory does not vary  enough
to  substantiate  differences  in  control technology based on size.
Most pressed and blown glass  plants  have  actively  developed  and
implemented  new production methods so that the age of equipment and
facilities does not provide  a  basis  for  differentiation  in  the
application of this control technology.
                               165

-------
Processes Employed

All  plants  in  a  given subcategory use very similar manufacturing
processes and produce similar waste water discharges.   The  control
technology  for  a  given  subcategory is compatible with all of the
manufacturing processes presently used in that subcategory.

Process Changes

No  process  changes  are  required  to   implement   this   control
technology,  and  major  changes in the production processes are not
anticipated.  Therefore, the waste water volume and  characteristics
should remain the same for the foreseeable future.

Non-Water Quality Environmental Impact

There  is  no  evidence  that  application  of  the best practicable
control technology currently available will result  in  any  unusual
air  pollution  or  solid  waste  disposal  problems.   The  control
technologies which represent the best practicable control technology
currently available are currently used in  either  the  pressed  and
blown   glass   industry   or   other   industries  without  adverse
environmental  effects.   The  pressed  and  blown  glass   industry
consumes  enormous  amounts  of energy for melting raw materials and
annealing.  The energy reguired to  apply  this  control  technology
represents  only  a  small  increment  of  the  present total energy
requirements of the industry.
                               166

-------
                             SECTION X

      EFFLUENT REDUCTION ATTAINABLE THROUGH THE APPLICATION OF
       THE BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE
                  EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS GUIDELINES
INTRODUCTION

The effluent limitations that must be achieved by July 1, 1983,  are
to  specify  the degree of effluent reduction attainable through the
application  of   the   best   available   technology   economically
achievable.  This control technology is not based upon an average of
the   best   performance  within  an  industrial  category,  but  is
determined by  identifying  the  very  best  control  and  treatment
technology  employed  by  a  specific  plant  within  the industrial
category or subcategory, or where it is readily  transferrable .from
one industry process to another.

Consideration must also be given to:

    a.   The total cost of application of this control technology in
         relation to the effluent reduction benefits to be  achieved
         from such application;

    b.   the size and age of equipment and facilities involved;

    c.   the processes employed;

    d.   the engineering aspects of the application of this  control
         technology;
    e.   process changes;

    f.   non-water quality environmental
         requirements) .
impact  (including  energy
Best available technology economically achievable also considers the
availability of in-process controls as well as control or additional
end-of-pipe  treatment  techniques.   This control technology is the
highest degree that has been achieved or has been demonstrated to be
capable of being designed  for  plant  scale  operation  up  to  and
including "no discharge" of pollutants.

Although  economic  factors  are considered in this development, the
costs for this level of control are intended to be  the  top-of-the-
line  of  current  technology  subject  to  limitations  imposed  by
economic  and  engineering  feasibility.   However,   this   control
technology  may be characterized by some technical risk with respect
to performance and with respect to certainty of  costs.   Therefore,
this  control technology may necessitate some industrially sponsored
development work prior to its application.
                              167

-------
IDENTIFICATION OF BEST
ACHIEVABLE
AVAILABLE  CONTROL  TECHNOLOGY  ECONOMICALLY
In-plant   control   measures   as  well  as  end-of-pipe  treatment
techniques contribute to the best available technology  economically
achievable.  Water recycle and reuse will tend to reduce the cost of
end-of-pipe treatment facilities.

The  best  available  technology  economically  achievable  for  the
subcategories of the pressed and blown glass industry is  summarized
in  the  following paragraphs.  Recommended effluent limitations are
summarized in Table 29.  These limitations are 30-day averages based
on any 30 consecutive days.  The maximum daily average is two  times
the monthly average.

Glass Container Manufacturing

The  control  technology includes segregation of non-contact cooling
water from the cullet quench water.   The  cullet  quench  water  is
recycled  back  to  the  cullet quench process through a gravity oil
separator.  Cullet quench system blowdown is  treated  by  dissolved
air  flotation  followed  by  diatomaceous  earth  filtration.   The
blowdown is 5  percent  of  the  total  cullet  quench  water  flow,
Effluent  limitations  for suspended solids and oil are 0.8 g/metric
ton (0.0016 Ib/ton) .

Machine Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing

The machine pressed and blown glass manufacturing subcategory is the
subject of further study at the present time.  The results  of  this
study,   including   the   recommended   best  available  technology
economically achievable effluent limitations, will be presented in a
supplement to this document at a later date.
 ii^ss Tubing  (Banner) Manufacturing

 Che best available technology economically achievable  involves  the
 recirculation  of  the  cullet quench water through a cooling tower.
 The  cooling  tower  blowdown  is  treated  by  diatomaceous   earth
 filtration.   The  blowdown  is  estimated at 5 percent of the total
 mullet quench water flow.  Effluent limitations for suspended solids
 are 0.2 g/metric ton  (0.0004 Ib/ton) .

 Television Picture Tube Envelope Manufacturing

 The  control  technology  specified  includes  lime   precipitation,
 sedimentation,  and  pH adjustment of all finishing waste waters, as
 described in  Section IX, followed by sand filtration.  Cullet quench
 water is not  treated.  Effluent limitations for suspended solids are
 130 g/metric  ton (0.26 Ib/ton); for  oil,  130  g/metric  ton   (0.26
 Ib/ton); for  fluoride, 60 g/metric ton  (0.12 Ib/ton); for lead, 0.45
 g/metric ton  (0.0009 Ib/ton) ; and pH, between 6.0 and 9.0.
                            168

-------
                               TABLE 29

        RECOMMENDED 30-DAY AVERAGE EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS USING
       BEST PRACTICABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY CURRENTLY AVAILABLE
                     Suspended
                       Solids
             Oil
         Fluoride
          Lead
        Ammonia
Glass Container
  g/metric ton
  (Ib/ton)

Machine Pressed &
Blown Glass*
  g/metric ton
  (Ib/ton)

Glass Tubing
(Danner)*
  g/metric ton
  (Ib/ton)

Television Picture
Tube Envelope
  g/metric ton
  (Ib/ton)

Incandescent Lamp
Envelopes
  Forming
  g/metric ton
  (Ib/ton)

Frogting
  g/metric ton
  (Ib/ton)

Hand Pressed &
Blown Glass
  Leaded & Hydro-
  fluoric Acid
  mg/1

  Npn-L ead ed &
  Hydrofluoric
  Acid Finisjiing
  mg/1

  Non-Hydrofluoric
  Ac id Finishing
  mg/1
  0.8
  0.0016
  0.8
  0.0016
                               6-9
  0.2
  0,0004
130
  0.26
 45
  0.09
 40
  0.08
  0.2
  0.0004
130
  0.26
 45
  0.09
60
 0.12
0.45
0,0009
                               6-9
6-9
            52
             0.104
                     120
                       0.24
                               6-9
                    6-9
 10
 10
 10
            13
            13
           0.1
                    6-9
                               6-9
                                           6-9
*The machine pressed and blown glass manufacturing  subcategory  and  the
 remainder of the glass tubing subcategory are  the  subject  of further
 study.  Results of this study will be presented at a later date.
                              169

-------
Incandescent Lamp Envelope Manufacturing

The  best  available technology economically achievable involves the
treatment  of  frosting  waste   waters   by   lime   precipitation,
sedimentation   and  recarbonation,  as  described  in  Section  IX,
followed by sand filtration and ammonia removal by steam  stripping.
In   addition   to   this  control  technology,  diatomaceous  earth
filtration  is  used  to  treat  the  cullet  quench  waste  waters.
Effluent  limitations for waste waters resulting from the forming of
incandescent lamp envelopes are 45 g/metric ton  (0.09  Ib/ton)   for
suspended solids and oil.  Frosting waste water effluent limitations
for  suspended  solids  are  40  g/metric  ton  (0.08  Ib/ton);  for
fluoride, 52 g/metric ton (0.10** Ib/ton) ; for ammonia, 120  g/metric
ton (0.24 Ib/ton); and pH, between 6,0 and 9.0.

Hand Pressed and Blown Glass Manufacturing

The best available technology economically achievable includes batch
lime  precipitation,  sedimentation,  and recarbonation, followed by
sand  filtration.   Effluent  limitations  for   suspended   solids,
fluoride,  and  lead are 10, 13, and 0.1 mg/1, respectively.  The pH
of the effluent waste water must be adjusted to  the  range  between
6.0 and 9.0.

EFFLUENT  REDUCTION  ATTAINABLE  THROUGH  THE  APPLICATION  OF  BEST
AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE

Based on the information contained in sections III through  VIII  of
this  document,  a  determination  has  been  made  of the degree of
effluent reduction attainable through the application  of  the  best
available  technology  economically  achievable.   Recycle of cullet
quench water is attainable for the glass container and glass  tubing
(Danner)   manufacturing  subcategories.   The  effluent  reductions
attainable  through  application  of  the  specified   control   and
treatment technologies are summarized here.

Fluoride

The  application  of  the  best  available  technology  economically
achievable will reduce fluoride discharges from  television  picture
tube  envelope  manufacturing  by 96.7 percent and from incandescent
lamp envelope manufacturing by 99.5 percent.  The effluent  fluoride
concentration  for  handmade  glass plants which employ hydrofluoric
acid finishing techniques is reduced to 13 mg/1  by  application  of
this technology.  The incremental reduction over the levels achieved
using  the  best  practicable control technology currently available
for television picture tube envelope manufacturing and  incandescent
lamp envelope manufacturing are 14.3 and 55.1 percent, respectively.

Ammonia

A  primary  constituent  of the raw waste water from the frosting of
incandescent lamp envelopes is  ammonia.   Ammonia  levels  will  be
reduced   by   95   percent   in   the  incandescent  lamp  envelope
                            170

-------
manufacturing  subcategory  through  the  application  of  the  best
available   technology  economically  achievable.   The  incremental
increase over  the  application  of  the  best  practicable  control
technology  currently  available   (BPCTCA)   is also 95 percent as no
limitations for ammonia were established for BPCTCA.

Lead

With  the  implementation   of   the   best   available   technology
economically achievable effluent limitations, the lead discharged as
a  result  of  television  picture  tube  envelope  manufacturing is
reduced by 99.9 percent and the incremental increase in removal over
the level achieved using the  best  practicable  control  technology
currently  available  is  90  percent.   The  lead concentration for
handmade glass  plants  which  employ  hydrofluoric  acid  finishing
techniques  is  reduced  to  a  concentration of 0.1 mg/1 using this
technology.

Oil

With  the  implementation   of   the   best   available   technology
economically achievable effluent limitations, oil in glass container
manufacturing  waste  waters  is  reduced  by  97.3 percent and from
incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing waste waters by 61 percent.
The  incremental  reductions  over  the  best  practicable   control
technology  currently  available  are  equal to the total reductions
listed above.  The lower reduction  achieved  for  the  incandescent
lamp envelope manufacturing subcategory is due to a larger discharge
volume  because  the  waste water is not recirculated as proposed in
the other three subcategories.

Oxygen Demanding Materials

Oxygen demand is related to the waste water oil concentration in the
pressed and blown glass industry and, therefore, the  reductions  in
oxygen  demand  will  be  in  proportion  to the oil removals listed
above.

EH

Waste waters resulting from glass container manufacturing and  glass
tubing   (Danner) manufacturing are presently in the pH range of 6-9.
This technology includes the adjustment  of  pH  in  the  television
picture tube, incandescent lamp envelope, and hand pressed and blown
glass manufacturing subcategories to a range from 6-9.

Suspended Solids

The  application  of  the  best  available  technology  economically
achievable  will  reduce  suspended  solids  for   glass   container
manufacturing,   glass  tubing   (Danner)  manufacturing,  television
picture tube envelope manufacturing, and incandescent lamp  envelope
manufacturing  by  98.9, 99.9, 96.9, and 82.U percent, respectively.
Incremental increases in removal over the level achieved  using  the
                               171

-------
best  practicable  control  technology  currently available are 13.3
percent for television picture tube envelope manufacturing and  74.6
percent  for  incandescent  lamp  envelope manufacturing.  The lower
incremental reduction achieved for television picture tube  envelope
manufacturing  is  due  to  the  low suspended solids in the treated
waste water.  Suspended solids are reduced to a concentration of  10
mg/1  in  the hand pressed and blown glass manufacturing subcategory
by application of this technology.

Qther Pollutant Constituents

Temperature and dissolved solids are not  significantly  reduced  by
application   of   the   best   available   technology  economically
achievable.

RATIONALE  FOR  THE   SELECTION   OF   BEST   AVAILABLE   TECHNOLOGY
ECONOMICALLY ACHIEVABLE

Total Cost of Application

Based  upon  the  information  contained  in  Section  VIII  of this
document, the industry as a whole is estimated  to  have  to  invest
approximately   $22,500,000    to  achieve  the  effluent  limitations
prescribed herein.  The increased annual costs to the  industry  are
estimated at approximately  $5,304,000 -

Size and Age of Equipment and Facilities

As discussed in Section IX, differences in size and age of equipment
and  facilities do not play a significant role in the application of
this control technology.

Process Employed

The manufacturing processes employed within each subcategory of  the
industry  are  similar  and  will not influence the applicability of
this control technology.

Engineering Aspects of Application

This level of technology is  presently  being  achieved  by  several
glass  container  plants  and  can  be  readily applied to the glass
tubing  (Banner)  manufacturing  subcategory.   The  specified  waste
water  treatment  and  control  systems  are  now  employed in other
industries and this  technology  is  readily  transferrable  to  the
pressed  and  blown glass segment.  The derivation and rationale for
selection of the control  technology  are  described  in  detail  in
Section VII.  These may be briefly summarized as follows:

Glass Container Manufacturing-

Cullet  quench  water  recycle  systems  are presently employed at a
number of glass container plants.  The recycle systems have been  in
operation  for several years without major operational difficulties.
                            172

-------
The technologies for treating the blowdown are presently used by  at
least  one  glass  container  plant  and also used in the flat glass
industry.  This technology is readily transferrable to the remainder
of the segment.

Glass Tubing jDannerl Manuf a ctur inq-

Recycle of cullet quench water is  feasible  because  the  pollutant
concentrations  are  at low levels in the quench water.  Non-contact
cooling water is already recycled at a number of plants  within  the
industry.

Television Picture Tube Envelope Manufacturing-

Rapid sand filtration is a thoroughly proven technology that is used
extensively in the water treatment industry.  This technology can be
applied  in  the television picture tube envelope, incandescent lamp
envelope,  and  hand   pressed   and   blown   glass   manufacturing
subcategories to further reduce effluent suspended solids, fluoride,
and lead concentrations.
Ioc§lldescervt Lamp Envelope Manufacturing"-

Steam  stripping  is currently l>eing used in the petroleum refining,
petrochemical, and fertilizer industries.  The ammonia  waste  water
stream  concentrations and volumes are similar to those occurring in
the incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing subcategory.   Effluent
concentrations  equal  to  those  necessary  to achieve the effluent
limitations are being  achieved  in  the  fertilizer  industry  and,
therefore, can be anticipated when this technology is transferred to
the incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing subcategory.

Both  diatomaceous  earth  filtration  and  recarbonation are proven
water treatment methods and can be readily applied to the  treatment
of   waste   waters   resulting   from  incandescent  lamp  envelope
manufacturing.

Process Changes

No process changes are required to  implement  this  technology  and
plant  operations  and production will not be significantly affected
during the installation of the treatment equipment.

Non-Water Quality Environmental Aspects

The application of this control technology is not expected to create
any new air or land pollution problems.  The ammonia  stripped  from
incandescent lamp envelope manufacturing waste waters is expected to
be  vented  to  the  atmosphere,  although  methods are available to
recover ammonia as a salable product.  Techniques are  available  to
reduce  the  concentration  of  ammonia  in  the  air  to  below the
threshold  of  odor.   Energy   requirements   will   not   increase
significantly  above  the  levels  of  the  best practicable control
technology currently available in most of the subcategories  because
                             173

-------
the  additional energy requirements are primarily for pumping within
the treatment system.  The one exception is  the  incandescent  lamp
envelope  manufacturing  subcategory  where,  if  no excess steam or
other heat source to produce steam  is  available,  an  8.2  percent
increase in energy requirements could result.
                               174

-------
                             SECTION XI

                  NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
INTRODUCTION

In addition to. guidelines reflecting the  best  practicable  control
technology  currently  available  and  the best available technology
economically  achievable,  applicable  to  existing   point   source
discharges  by July 1, 1977, and July 1, 1983r respectively, the Act
requires that performance standards be established for new  sources.
The term "new source" is defined in the Act to mean "any source, the
construction of which is commenced after the publication of proposed
regulations  prescribing  a  standard  of  performance".  New source
technology  shall  be  evaluated  by  adding  to  the  consideration
underlying   the   identification   of   best  available  technology
economically achievable a determination of  what  higher  levels  of
pollution   control  are  available  through  the  use  of  improved
production processes and/or treatment techniques.  Thus, in addition
to  considering  the  best  in-plant  and   end-of-process   control
technology,  identified  in  best  available technology economically
achievable, new source technology is to be based upon an analysis of
how the level of effluent may be reduced by changing the  production
process  itself.   Alternative processes, operating methods or other
alternatives must be considered.  However, the  end  result  of  the
analysis will be to identify effluent standards which reflect levels
of  control  achievable  through  the  use  of  improved  production
processes  (as well as control technology), rather than prescribing a
particular type of process or technology which must be employed.   A
further  determination  which must be made for new source technology
is whether a standard  permitting  no  discharge  of  pollutants  is
practicable.

Specific Factors to be Taken into consideration

At  least the following factors should be considered with respect to
production processes which are  to  be  analyzed  in  assessing  new
source technology:

    a.   the type of process employed and process changes;
    b.

    c.

    d.


    e.
operating methods;

batch as opposed to continuous operations;

use  of  alternative  raw  materials  and  mixes   of
materials;
raw
use  of  dry   rather   than   wet   processes   (including
substitution of recoverable solvents for water); and

recovery of pollutants as by-products.
                             175

-------
NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARDS FOR THE  PRESSED
SEGMENT OF THE GLASS MANUFACTURING CATEGORY
AND  BLOWN  GLASS
Because  of  the large number of specific improvements in management
practices, design of equipment, and process and  systems  that  have
some  potential  of  development,  it  is not possible to determine,
within  reasonable  accuracy,   the   potential   waste   reductions
achievable  through  their application in new sources.  However, the
implementation of those in-plant and end-of-pipe controls  described
in  Section  VTI, Control and Treatment Technology, would enable new
sources to achieve the effluent discharge levels defined in  Section
X as the best available technology economically achievable.

The  short  lead  time  for  application  of  new source performance
standards (less than a year  versus  approximately  three  and  nine
years  for other guidelines) affords little opportunity to engage in
extensive development and testing of  new  procedures.   The  single
justification  for more restrictive limitations for new sources than
for  existing  sources  would  be  one  of  relative  economics   of
installation  in  new plants versus modification of existing plants.
There is no data to indicate that the economics of  the  application
of  in-plant  and end-of-pipe technologies described in Section VII,
Control and Treatment Technology, would be significantly weighted in
favor of new sources.  The only cost reductions for new plants would
be those savings resulting from not  having  to  segregate  existing
process  waters from non-contact cooling waters, whereas in existing
plants, this may be necessary.

The attainment of zero discharge of process waste  water  pollutants
is  feasible  for some facilities within the pressed and blown glass
segment if process waste  water  is  recirculated  to  a  sufficient
degree to allow discharge of the blowdown to the batching operation.
Water is used in the batching operation to reduce segregation of the
batch  and  to  control  dust  emissions  during mixing.  This water
evaporates during the  melting  operation  and  is  not  discharged.
Several  plants  in  the  industry  are  achieving zero discharge of
process waste water pollutants by this or similar  means.   However,
it  is  not  apparent that all plants within the industry can attain
zero discharge of pollutants by this means;  it  has  been  reported
that  during  times  in  which  soda  ash is in short supply, liquid
caustic must be substituted.  All the water needed in  the  batching
operation  is  supplied  by  the liquid caustic.  Thus, the blowdown
from the  process  water  recirculation  system  would  have  to  be
discharged  unless  sufficient  land  was  available  to  allow  for
evaporation or seepage of this waste water stream.

In view of the aforegoing,  it  is  recommended  that  the  effluent
limitations  for  new  sources be the same as those determined to be
best available control technology economically achievable, presented
in Section X.
                               176

-------
PRETREATMENT CONSIDERATIONS

Plants which make up the pressed and  blown  glass  segment  o£  the
glass  manufacturing  point  source  category discharge waste waters
containing both pollutants which will be  adequately  treated  by  a
publicly  owned  treatment  works  and  pollutants  which  will pass
through inadequately treated.  The following is a discussion of each
of the applicable pollutant parameters  and  recommendations  as  to
their adequate treatment by a publicly owned treatment works:
Fluoride  results  from  the  use  of  hydrofluoric  acid  to  frost
incandescent lamp envelopes, to acid polish glass in the manufacture
of television  picture  tube  envelopes,  and  to  polish  and  etch
handmade  glassware in the finishing operations associated with hand
pressed and blown glass manufacturing.  It is expected that fluoride
will pass through a publicly owned treatment  works  untreated.   It
is,  therefore, recommended that pretreatment requirements for point
sources be established to ensure the treatment of  fluoride  bearing
waste   waters.    It   is  further  recommended  that  pretreatment
requirements for existing sources be set at those levels established
as the best practicable control technology currently  available  and
for   new   sources  at  those  levels  established  as  new  source
performance standards.  These levels are readily attainable  by  the
proven methods of treatment discussed in Section VII.

Ammonia

Ammonia   is   contributed   to  waste  water  by  the  frosting  of
incandescent bulbs.  It is anticipated that ammonia discharged to  a
publicly  owned treatment works will be oxidized to nitrite and then
nitrate during the treatment process and, therefore, will  not  pass
through untreated.
Oil  emulsions  of  a  mineral  or biodegradable animal or vegetable
nature are utilized as shear spray  within  the  pressed  and  blown
glass segment of the glass manufacturing category.  This shear spray
oil  and leakage of machine lubricating oils contribute to the waste
loading in the glass  container  manufacturing/  television  picture
tube  envelope  manufacturing  and  the  incandescent  lamp envelope
manufacturing subcategories.  It has been determined that animal and
vegetable oils can be adequately removed in publicly owned treatment
works, whereas mineral oil may not be readily removed and  may  pass
through  untreated.   Therefore ,  it  is  appropriate  that separate
pretreatment regulations be  established  for  these  categories  of
oils.

It  is recommended that mineral oil discharges from existing sources
be maintained at a level of  less  than  100  mg/1  to  reflect  the
capability  of  publicly  owned  treatment  works.  It has also been
determined  that  many  existing  sources  are  attaining  the  best

                               177

-------
practicable   control   technology   currently   available  effluent
limitations through in-plant controls with no end-of-pipe treatment.
It is expected that new sources should be able to attain  this  same
level  of  in-plant  control.  Therefore, it is recommended that new
sources be required to maintain mineral  oil  discharges  at  levels
reflecting   the   best  practicable  control  technology  currently
available.

Lead

Lead is contributed to waste waters during the abrasive grinding and
polishing and hydrofluoric acid treatment of leaded glassware.  Data
indicate that the greatest concentration of lead is  that  contained
in  suspended  solids.   Control  of suspended solids is expected to
control lead discharges from pressed and blown  glass  manufacturing
plants.

Suspended Solids and pH

Suspended  solids  and pH are expected to be adequately treated in a
publicly owned treatment works.   There  are  no  unusual  suspended
solids  loadings  anticipated  that  would hinder the operation of a
publicly owned treatment works.  Extreme variations in pH can  exist
at  those  facilities  which use hydrofluoric acid to etch or polish
glass.  Facilities in the  television  picture  tube  envelope,  the
incandescent  lamp  envelope,  and  the hand pressed and blown glass
manufacturing  subcategories  employ  finishing   techniques   which
utilize hydrofluoric acid.
                              178

-------
                            SECTION XII

                          ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The  Environmental  Protection  Agency  wishes  to  acknowledge  the
contributions  to  the  project by Sverdrup & Parcel and Associates,
Inc., St. Louis, Missouri.  Dr. H. G. Schwartz,  Project  Executive,
Mr.  Richard C. Vedder, Project Manager, and Mr. John Lauth, Project
Engineer, directed the project,  conducted  the  detailed  technical
study,  and 'drafted  the  initial  report on which this document is
based.

Appreciation is extended to the many people  and  companies  in  the
pressed  and  blown  glass  industry  who  cooperated  in  providing
information and  data  and  in  making  a  number  of  their  plants
available for inspection and sampling.

Acknowledgement  is  also given to Mr. John H. Abrahams, Jr., of the
Glass Container Manufacturers Institute, and Mr. Joseph  V.  Saliga,
of  the  Air  Pollution  Committee  of  the West Virginia Society of
Ceramic Engineers, who were helpful in providing input to this study
and in soliciting the cooperation of their member companies.

Acknowledgement is also given to Mr. John Schmidt and his  staff  at
the   Commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania,  Department  of  Environmental
Resources, for their efforts in gathering information and  providing
data  related  to  those  portions  of  the  pressed and blown glass
segment located in the State of Pennsylvania.

Appreciation is expressed to those in the  Environmental  Protection
Agency  who  assisted in the performance of the project.  Especially
deserving recognition are:  Ernst Hall, John Riley,  Arthur  Mallon,
Calvin Smith, Glenwood Sites, James Kamihachi, Ms. Jaye Swanson, and
Ms. Barbara Wortman.
                              179

-------

-------
                            SECTION XIII

                             REFERENCES
1.


2,




3.




4.





5.





6.




7.
   American Water Works Association,  Water Quality
   McGraw-Hill Book Co,, New York,  1971.
                                                 and  Treatment,
    "Ammonia Removal from Agricultural Runoff and Secondary Effluent
    by Selected Ion Exchange,"   U.S.   Department  of  the  Interior,
    FWPCA,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  March 1969.

    Ammonia Removal  in  a  Physical-Chemical  Wastewater  Treatment
    Process,11  U. S.  Environmental Protection Agency,  EPA-R2-72-123,
    November 1972.

    Anthonisen, A.C., et al. , "Inhibition of  Nitrification  by  Un-
    ionized  Ammonia and Un-Ionized Nitrous Acid," presented at 47th
    Annual  Conference Water Pollution  Control  Federation,  October
    1974. -

    Barnes, Robert A.,  Atkins,  Peter F.,  Jr., and Scherger, Dale A.,
    "Ammonia Removal in  a  Physical- Chemical  Wastewater  Treatment
    Process,"  prepared  for Office of Research and Monitoring, U.S.
    Environmental Protection Agency,  November 1972.

    Battelle Memorial Institute, "Inorganic Fertilizer and Phosphate
    Mining  Industries - Water Pollution and Control,"  Environmental
    Protection Agency Grant No. 12020FFD, September 1971.

    Battelle - Northwest and South Tahoe  Public  Utility  District,
    "Wastewater  Ammonia  Removal  by Ion Exchange," Water Pollution
    Control Research Series No. 17010EEZ,  Environmental  Protection
    Agency, February 1971.
8.  Beychok,  M.  R.,  Aqueous  Wastes  from   the   Petroleum
    Petrochemical Plants, John Wiley and Sons, 1967.
9.
 10.
Child, Frank, S., "Aspects of Glassmaking, as an Engineer
It*" American Glass Review, December 1973, pp. 6-7.
                                                                 and
                                                               Views
    "Control  of
    Environmental
    March 1974.
               Nitrogen   in   Waste   Water
               Protection  Agency,  ORD (NERC)
Effluent,"   U.S.
Cincinnati, Ohio,
 11. Gulp, Gordon L.,   "Physical  Chemical  Techniques  for  Nitrogen
    Removal,"  Environmental  Protection Agency, Technology Transfer
    Seminar, Kansas City, Missouri, January 15^17, 1974.
 12. Gulp, R, L- and Gulp, G. L., Advanced Wastewater Treatment,
    Nostrand Reinhold Company,  New York, 1971.
                                                                 Van
                              181

-------
13.
15
16
17
18
19.
20.
21.
22
23.
Gulp, .R. L. and Gonzales, J. G. ,  "New Developments  in  Ammonia
Stripping," Public Works, May-June 1973.

Gulp, Russell L. and Stoltenberg, Howard A., "Fluoride Reduction
at Lacrosse,  Kansas,"  Journal  of  the  American  Water  works
Association, March 1958, pp. 423-431.

"Development and Demonstration of Nutrient Removal  from  Animal
Wastes,"  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency, EPA-R2-7 3-095,
January 1973,

"Development Document for Effluent  Limitations  Guidelines  and
New  Source  Performance  Standards  for  the  BASIC  FERTILIZER
CHEMICALS Segment of the Fertilizer Manufacturing  Point  Source
Category,"  Effluent  Guidelines  Division,  U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency, EPA-440/l-74-011a, March 1974.

"Development Document for Effluent  Limitations  Guidelines  and
New   Source  Performance  Standards  for  the  COPPER,  NICKEL,
CHROMIUM, AND ZINC Segment of the  Electroplating  Point  Source
Category,"  Effluent  Guidelines  Division,  U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency, EPA-440/l-74-003a, March 1974.

"Development Document for Effluent  Limitations  Guidelines  and
New  Source  Performance Standards for the FLAT GLASS Segment of
the  Glass  Manufacturing  Point  Source   Category,"   Effluent
Guidelines  Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, EPA-
440/1-74-001-C, January 1974.

"Development Document for Effluent  Limitations  Guidelines  and
New  Source  Performance  Standards  for  the PETROLEUM REFINING
Point Source Category,"  Effluent  Guidelines  Division,  U.  S.
Environmental Protection Agency, EPA-440/l-74-014a, April 1974.

"Development Document for Effluent  Limitations  Guidelines  and
New Source Performance Standards for the RENDERER Segment of the
Meat  Products  and Rendering Processing Point Source Category,"
Effluent  Guidelines  Division,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection
Agency, EPA-440/l-74/031-d, January 1975,

Drews, R.J.L.C. and Greeff, A.M., "Nitrogen Elimination by Rapid
Alternation of Aerobic/"Anoxic" Conditions in "Orbal"  Activated
Sludge Plants," Water Research, Vol. 7, 1973.

Duddles,  Glenn  A.,  "Plastic  Medium  Trickling  Filters   for
Biological  Nitrogen  Control,"  Journal Water Pollution Control
Federation. Vol. 46, No. 5, May 1974.
    Eliassen, Rolf and Tchobanoglous,  George,  "Advanced
    Processes," Chemical Engineering, October 14, 1968.
                                                       Treatment
Federal Register, Volume 39, Number 32, page 5712, February  14,
1974.
                          182

-------
25.


26.


27.



28.


29.



30.



31.



32.


33.


34.


35.



36.



37.




38.
Federal Register, Volume 40, Number 80, page  18130,  April  24,
1975.

Giegerich, W. and Trier,  W. ,  Glass  Machines,  Springer-Verlag
Inc., New York, 1969.

Haug, Roger  T.  and  McCarty,  Perry  L.,  "Nitrification  with
Submerged  Filters," Journal Water Pollution Control Federation,
Vol. 44, No. 11, November 1972.

Hodkin, F. W. and Cousen, A., A Textbook  of  Glass  Technology,
Constable & Company, Ltd., London, 1925.

Hutchins, J. R., III and Harrington, R. V., Corning Glass Works,
"Glass,"  Encyclopedia  of  Chemical  Technology,  2nd   Edition,
Volume 10, John Wiley 6 Sons, Inc.7*1966, pp. 533-604.

Johnson, Walter K.,  "Process  Kinetics  for  Denitrification,11
Journal Sanitary Engineering Division, American.  Society  of Civil
Engineers, August 1972.

Jorgensen, Professor S. E,, "A New Method for the  Treatment   of
Municipal  Wastewater,"  Paper  No.  2, Water Pollution  Control,
1972.
Kepple,  Larry  G.,   "Ammonia  Removal  and   Recovery
Feasible," water  and  Sewage Works, April  1974.
          Becomes
Ledbetter, Joe  O., Air  Pollution,   Part  A;_
Dekker, Inc., New York, 1972.
Analysis,  Marcel
Loehr,  Raymond  C.,  Agricultural   Waste Management,  Academic
Press, New York, 1974.                  ""*

Lue-Hing, Cecil,   et  al.,   "Nitrification  of  a  High  Ammonia
Content   Sludge Supernatant  by Use  of  Rotating Discs,"  presented
at 29th Annual Purdue Industrial  Waste Conference,  May  1974.

McKee, J. E.  and Wolf,  H.  W., "Water  Quality  Criteria,"   2nd
Edition,  Publication No. 3A,  State Water Quality Control Board,
State of  California, The Resources  Agency, 1963.

McLaren,  James R.  and Farquhar, Grahame J.,   "Factors   Affecting
Ammonia Removal by Clinoptilolite," Journal  of the  Environmenta1
Engineering   Division,  ASCE,  Vol.  99, No. EE4, August  1973,  pp.
429-446.

Maier, F. J.,  "Defluoridation of   Municipal  Water Supplies,"
Journal   of   the   American Water  works Association, August 1953,
pp.  879-887.
                               183

-------
39
40.
43.



44.



45.



46.




47.



48.


49.



50.




51.
Mulbarger,  M.  C,,  "Nitrification   and   Denitrification   in
Activated  Sludge  Systems,"  Journal  of  the  Water  Pollution
Control Federation, Vol. 43, No. 10,  October  1971,  pp.  2059-
2070.

"Nitrification  and  Denitrification  Facilities  -   Wastewater
Treatment,"  Environmental Protection Agency Technology Transfer
Seminar Publication, August 1973.

"Nitrogen Removal  by  Ammonia  Stripping, w  U. S.  Environmental
Protection Agency, EPA-670/2-73-040, September 1973.

"Nitrogen  Removal  From  Wastewater s,"  Federal  Water  Quality
Administration,  Division  of Research and Development, Advanced
Waste Treatment Research Laboratory, Cincinnati,  Ohio,  October
1970,

O'Farrell, T. P., Franson, F. P., Cassel, A. F. , and Bishop,  D.
F.,  "Nitrogen  Removal  by  Ammonia  Stripping," Journal of the
Water Pollution Control Federation, August 1972, pp. 1527^1535,

Office   of   Management   and   Budget,   Standard   Industrial
Classification   Manual,   U.S.   Government   Printing  Office,
Washington, D.C., 1972.

Patterson, J.  W. ,  and  Mi near,  R.  A.,  Wastewater  Treatment
Technology.  2nd  Edition,  Illinois Institute for Environmental
Quality, National Technical Information Service, February 1973.

Prakasam,  T.B.S.,  et  al . ,  "Approaches  for  the  Control  of
Nitrogen with an Oxidation Ditch," Proceedings 1974 Agricultural
Waste  Management  Conference,  Cornell  University, Ithaca, New
York, March 1974.
"Public  Health  Service   Drinking
Department  of  Health,  Education,
Service, Washington, D.C,, 1962.
                                          Water   standards,"   U.S.
                                         and  Welfare, Public Health
"Pulling Effluents Into Line," Chemical  Engineering.  July  12,
1971, p. 40.

Reeves, T. G., "Nitrogen Removal:  A Literature Review," Journal
of the Water Pollution Control Federation,  Vol.    44,  No.  10,
October 1972, pp. 1895-1905.

Roesler, Joseph F.,  Smith,  Robert,  and  Eilers,  Richard  G.,
"Simulation  of  Ammonia  Stripping from Wastewater,11 Journal  of
the Sanitary Engineering Division. ASCE, Vol.  97, No. SA3,  June
1971.

Sampayo, Felix F., "How to Get Low Ammonia Effluents," Water and
Sewage Works, August 1974.
                            184

-------
52,  Sanitary  Engineering   Research   Laboratory,   University   of
    California,  Berkeley,  "Optimization  of Ammonia Removal by Ion
    Exchange Using Clinoptilolite,"  Report  for  the  Environmental
    Protection Agency, Project No. 17080 DAR, September 1971.

53.  Savinelli, Emilio A. and Black, A. P., "Defluoridation of  Water
    with  Activated  Aluminarw  Journal  of the American Water Works
    Association. January 1958, pp. 33-44.

54,  Shand, E.  B.,  Glass  Engineering  Handbook*  McGraw-Hill  Book
    Company, New York, 1958.

55,  Slechta, Alfred P. and  Owen,  William  F.,  "ABF  Nitrification
    System,   1974  Pilot  Plant  Study,"  Interim  Report,  Neptune
    Microfloc, Inc., September 1974.

56.  Smith, Robert, and MeMichael, Walter F., "Cost  and  Performance
    Estimates  for  Tertiary  Wastewater  Treating  Processes," U.S,
    Department of the Interior, June 1969.

57,  Snow, R. H., and Wnek, W.  J.,  "Design  of  Cross-Flow  Cooling
    Towers  and  Ammonia  Stripping  Towers," Industrial Engineering
    Chemical Process Design Development, Vol. 11, No. 3,  1972,  pp.
    343-349.

58.  Stenquist, Richard J., et al.,  "Carbon  Oxidation-Nitrification
    in  Synthetic  Media Trickling Filters," Journal Water Pollution
    Control Federation, Vol. 46, October 1974.

59.  Sutton, Paul M., et al.,  "Biological  Nitrogen  Removal  -  The
    Efficacy  of  the  Nitrification Step," presented at 47th Annual
    Conference Water Pollution Control Federation, October 1974.

60.  "Treatment and Recovery of  Fluoride  Industrial  Wastes,"  U.S.
    Environmental Protection Agency, EPA-660/2-73-024, March 1974.

61.  "Water Quality Criteria - 1972," National  Academy  of  Sciences
    and  National  Academy  of  Engineering  for  the  Environmental
    Protection Agency, Washington,  D.  C.,  1972   (U.S.  Government
    Printing Office Stock No. 5501-00520).

62.  Zabban, Walter, and Jewett, H. W., "The  Treatment  of  Fluoride
    Wastes,"  Proceedings  of  the 22nd Industrial Waste Conference,
    Purdue University,  1967, pp.  706-716.
                              185

-------

-------
                            SECTION XIV

                              GLOSSARY
Act

The Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended.

Activated Alumina

An insoluble, granular media that  adsorbs  fluoride  as  the  waste
water percolates through the media.

Annealing

Prevention  or  removal  of  objectionable  stresses  by  controlled
cooling from a suitable temperature.

API Separator

A free oil separator based on  the  design  recommendations  of  the
American Petroleum Institute.

Batch

The  raw materials, properly proportioned and mixed, for delivery to
the furnace.

Slowdown

A discharge from a system, designed to prevent  a  buildup  of  some
material, as in a boiler to control dissolved solids.

Blowpipe

The pipe used by a glassmaker for gathering molten glass and blowing
the glass by mouth.

Casting

The  forming  method  used  to make television picture tube envelope
funnels.  The funnel mold is spun and centrifugal force  causes  the
molten glass to form in the funnel shape.

Category and Subcategory

Divisions  of  a  particular industry which possess different traits
which affect water quality and treatability.

Cooling Water

Water used primarily for dissipation of process heat.  Can  be  both
contact or non-contact, and is usually the latter.
                             187

-------
Crack-off

The  process  of  severing  a
scratching and then heating.

Gullet
glass  article  by  breaking,  as  by
Waste or broken glass, usually suitable as an addition  to  the  raw
material batch.

Gullet Quench

The  process  of dissipating the heat from cullet by the addition of
water.

Diatomaceous Earth

The skeletal remains of tiny aquatic  plants,  commonly  used  as  a
filter  medium  to  remove  suspended solids from fluids.  Specially
treated diatomaceous earth  can  be  obtained  for  the  removal  of
emulsified oil from water.

Envelope

The  glass portion of a picture tube or light bulb that encloses the
electrical components of the assembled product.

Etching

The process of placing designs in high quality  stemware  by  hydro-
fluoric acid attack of the glass.

Forehearth

A section of a melting tank, from which glass is taken for forming,

Frosting

The  process used in the incandescent lamp envelope industry to give
the inside surface of an envelope a matted surface.   This  improves
the light diffusing property of the envelope.

Gob

A  portion  of hot glass delivered by a feeder, after being cut from
the molten glass stream by shear cutters.

I-S. Machine

The individual section machine is the machine most commonly used  to
form glass containers.
                                188

-------
Lehr

A long tunnel-shaped oven for annealing glass by continuous passage.

New Source

Any  building, structure, facility, or installation from which there
is or may be a discharge of pollutants  and  whose  construction  is
commenced after the publication of the proposed regulations.

Process Water

Any  water  which comes into direct contact with the intermediate or
final product.  Includes  contact  cooling,  washing,  grinding  and
polishing, etc.

Ribbon Machine

The machine used to form incandescent lamp envelopes.

Surface Waters
Navigable  waters.
territorial seas.

Tons Frosted
The  waters  of the United States including the
Calculated by multiplying the tons pulled by the percentage of plant
production frosted.

Tons Pulled

Tons of glass drawn from the melting furnace.

Washer

A process device used for water cleaning of the product.

Waste Water

Process water or contact cooling water which has become contaminated
with process waste and is considered no longer usable.
                                 189

-------
                                     TABLE 31

                                  CONVERSION TABLE

MULTIPLY  (ENGLISH UNITS)                    by                TO OBTAIN {METRIC UNITS)

    ENGLISH UNIT      ABBREVIATION     CONVERSION   ABBREVIATION   METRIC UNIT
acre                    ac
acre - feet             ac ft
British Thermal
  Unit                  BTU
British Thermal
  Unit/pound            BTU/lb
cubic feet/minute       cfm
cubic feet/second       cfs
cubic feet              cu ft
cubic feet              cu ft
cubic inches            cu in
degree Fahrenheit       °F
feet                    ft
gallon                  gal
gallon/minute           gpm
horsepower              hp
inches                  in
inches of mercury       in Hg
pounds                  Ib
million gallons/day     mgd
mile                    mi
pound/square
  inch (gauge)          psig
square feet             sq ft
square inches           sq in
ton (short)             ton
yard                    yd
       0.405
    1233.5

       0.252

       0.555
       0.028
       1.7
       0.028
      28.32
      16.39
     0.555(°F-32)*
       0.3048
       3.785
       0.0631
       0.7457
       2.54
       0.03342
       0.454
   3,785
       1.609

(0.06805 psig +1)*  atm
       0.0929
       6.452
       0.907
       0.9144
* Actual conversion, not a multiplier
ha           hectares
cu m         cubic meters

kg cal       kilogram - calories

kg cal/kg    kilogram calories/kilogram
cu m/min     cubic meters/minute
cu m/min     cubic meters/minute
cu m         cubic meters
1            liters
cu cm        cubic centimeters
°C           degree Centigrade
m            meters
1            liters
I/sec        liters/second
kw           killowatts
cm           centimeters
atm          atmospheres
kg           ki 1 ograms
cu m/day     cubic meters/day
km           kilometer

             atmospheres (absolute)
sq m         square meters
sq cm        square centimeters
kkg          metric ton (1000 kilograms)
m            meter
                                        190
                                                           U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1975— 210-810/17

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------

-------
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AOENCY {A-107)
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
           POSTAGE AND FEES PAID
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                        EPA-335

-------